TW202311872A - Method for producing laminate having conductor pattern, transfer film - Google Patents

Method for producing laminate having conductor pattern, transfer film Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW202311872A
TW202311872A TW111132587A TW111132587A TW202311872A TW 202311872 A TW202311872 A TW 202311872A TW 111132587 A TW111132587 A TW 111132587A TW 111132587 A TW111132587 A TW 111132587A TW 202311872 A TW202311872 A TW 202311872A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
photosensitive composition
aforementioned
composition layer
mass
layer
Prior art date
Application number
TW111132587A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
海鉾洋行
石坂壮二
鬼塚悠
Original Assignee
日商富士軟片股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 日商富士軟片股份有限公司 filed Critical 日商富士軟片股份有限公司
Publication of TW202311872A publication Critical patent/TW202311872A/en

Links

Images

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
  • Materials For Photolithography (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Microelectronics & Electronic Packaging (AREA)
  • Manufacturing Of Printed Wiring (AREA)
  • Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
  • General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Materials Engineering (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Human Computer Interaction (AREA)
  • Photosensitive Polymer And Photoresist Processing (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention provides a method for producing a laminate having a conductor pattern that is capable of producing a conductor pattern having a desired shape even under a condition that cleaning treatment applied with an acidic solution is implemented on a photoresist pattern before electroplating treatment is implemented, and a transfer film. A method for producing a laminate having a conductor pattern comprises, in sequence: a laminating step, in which a transfer film is laminated on a substrate in such a manner that a surface of the transfer film that is opposite to a pseudo support is put in contact with a metal layer of the substrate of which a surface includes the metal layer; an exposure step, in which a photosensitive composition layer is subjected to pattern exposure; a development step, in which developing treatment is implemented to form a photoresist pattern; a heating step, in which the photoresist pattern is subjected to heating; a cleaning step, in which an acidic solution is applied to clean the photoresist pattern that has been heated; an electroplating step, in which electroplating treatment is implemented; a stripping step, in which the photoresist pattern is peeled off; and a removing step, in which a metal layer that is exposed in the stripping step is removed to form a conductor pattern on the substrate. The photosensitive composition layer includes a thermal cross-linking agent.

Description

具有導體圖案之積層體之製造方法、轉印膜Manufacturing method of laminate with conductive pattern, transfer film

本發明係關於一種具有導體圖案之積層體之製造方法及轉印膜。The present invention relates to a method for manufacturing a laminate with a conductor pattern and a transfer film.

使用轉印膜在任意的基板上配置感光性組成物層並經由遮罩對該感光性組成物層進行曝光之後進行顯影之方法,由於用以得到既定圖案之步驟數少而被廣泛使用。The method of arranging a photosensitive composition layer on an arbitrary substrate using a transfer film, exposing the photosensitive composition layer through a mask, and then developing is widely used because the number of steps required to obtain a predetermined pattern is small.

在專利文獻1中,揭示有如下方法:將包含既定成分之感光性樹脂層積層於支撐體上並將該感光性樹脂層轉印到基材上,藉由曝光處理及顯影處理而形成光阻圖案,進而實施電鍍處理,從而製造電路基板。Patent Document 1 discloses a method of laminating a photosensitive resin layer containing predetermined components on a support, transferring the photosensitive resin layer onto a substrate, and forming a photoresist by exposure treatment and development treatment. pattern, and then perform electroplating treatment to manufacture a circuit board.

[專利文獻1]日本特開2016-139154號公報[Patent Document 1] Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2016-139154

最近,要求導體圖案的形狀的進一步微細化,其形狀控制的要求性進一步變高。 本發明者等參考專利文獻1中所記載之方法,為了在電鍍處理之前去除光阻圖案的污垢而實施基於酸性溶液之清洗處理來實施了電鍍處理,其結果,發現了所得到之導體圖案的形狀由所期望的形狀發生了變形,需要進行改良。 Recently, further miniaturization of the shape of the conductor pattern is required, and the demand for shape control is further increased. The inventors of the present invention referred to the method described in Patent Document 1, performed a cleaning process with an acidic solution to remove dirt on the photoresist pattern before the plating process, and performed the plating process. As a result, they found that the conductive pattern obtained The shape is deformed from the desired shape, and improvement is required.

本發明的課題在於提供一種即使在電鍍處理之前對光阻圖案實施了用酸性溶液的清洗處理之情況下,亦能夠製造所期望的形狀的導體圖案之具有導體圖案之積層體之製造方法。 又,本發明的課題還在於提供一種轉印膜。 An object of the present invention is to provide a method for producing a laminate having a conductive pattern capable of producing a desired shape of the conductive pattern even when the photoresist pattern is cleaned with an acidic solution before the plating process. Moreover, the subject of this invention is providing the transfer film.

本發明者等對上述課題進行了深入研究之結果,發現了藉由以下的構成能夠解決上述課題。As a result of intensive studies on the above-mentioned problems, the inventors of the present invention found that the above-mentioned problems can be solved by the following configurations.

(1)一種具有導體圖案之積層體之製造方法,其依序具有: 貼合步驟,以具有偽支體和負型的感光性組成物層之轉印膜的與偽支撐體側相反的一側的表面與表面具有金屬層之基板的金屬層接觸之方式,將轉印膜與基板進行貼合; 曝光步驟,對感光性組成物層進行圖案曝光; 顯影步驟,對經曝光之感光性組成物層實施顯影處理而形成光阻圖案; 加熱步驟,對光阻圖案進行加熱; 清洗步驟,用酸性溶液清洗經加熱之光阻圖案; 電鍍步驟,對位於未配置有光阻圖案之區域之金屬層進行電鍍處理; 剝離步驟,剝離光阻圖案;及 去除步驟,去除因剝離步驟而露出之金屬層並在基板上形成導體圖案, 在貼合步驟與曝光步驟之間或曝光步驟與顯影步驟之間進一步具有剝離偽支撐體之偽支撐體剝離步驟, 感光性組成物層包含熱交聯劑。 (2)如(1)所述之具有導體圖案之積層體之製造方法,其中 藉由加熱步驟加熱之光阻圖案的與基板側相反的一側的表面的彈性模數為5.0GPa以上。 (3)如(1)或(2)所述之具有導體圖案之積層體之製造方法,其中 將藉由加熱步驟加熱之光阻圖案的與基板側相反的一側的表面的彈性模數設為彈性模數X, 將藉由加熱步驟加熱之光阻圖案的基板側附近的彈性模數設為彈性模數Y時, 滿足X/Y≤1.2。 (4)如(1)至(3)之任一項所述之具有導體圖案之積層體之製造方法,其中 感光性組成物層包含聚合性化合物及聚合起始劑。 (5)如(4)所述之具有導體圖案之積層體之製造方法,其中 聚合性化合物具有環氧烷改質雙酚結構。 (6)如(1)至(5)之任一項所述之具有導體圖案之積層體之製造方法,其中 熱交聯劑包含封端異氰酸酯化合物。 (7)如(1)至(6)之任一項所述之具有導體圖案之積層體之製造方法,其中 偽支撐體的霧度為1.0%以下。 (8)如(1)至(7)之任一項所述之具有導體圖案之積層體之製造方法,其中 偽支撐體的厚度為50μm以下。 (9)如(1)至(8)之任一項所述之具有導體圖案之積層體之製造方法,其中 轉印膜在偽支撐體與感光性組成物層之間具有中間層。 (10)如(9)所述之具有導體圖案之積層體之製造方法,其中 中間層為水溶性樹脂層。 (11)如(1)至(10)之任一項所述之具有導體圖案之積層體之製造方法,其中 曝光步驟為經由光罩進行圖案曝光之步驟。 (12)如(1)至(10)之任一項所述之具有導體圖案之積層體之製造方法,其中 曝光步驟為使用投影了光罩的圖像之活性光線並經由透鏡對感光性組成物層進行圖案曝光之步驟。 (13)如(1)至(10)之任一項所述之具有導體圖案之積層體之製造方法,其中 在貼合步驟與曝光步驟之間具有偽支撐體剝離步驟, 曝光步驟為使剝離偽支撐體而露出之表面與光罩接觸而對感光性組成物層進行圖案曝光之步驟。 (14)一種轉印膜,其具有偽支撐體和負型的感光性組成物層,其中 感光性組成物層包含熱交聯劑, 偽支撐體的霧度為1.0%以下。 (15)如(14)所述之轉印膜,其中 偽支撐體的厚度為50μm以下。 (16)如(14)或(15)所述之轉印膜,其中 感光性組成物層包含聚合性化合物及聚合起始劑。 (17)如(16)所述之轉印膜,其中 聚合性化合物具有環氧烷改質雙酚結構。 (18)如(14)至(17)之任一項所述之轉印膜,其在偽支撐體與感光性組成物層之間具有中間層。 (19)如(18)所述之轉印膜,其中 中間層為水溶性樹脂層。 [發明效果] (1) A method of manufacturing a laminate having a conductor pattern, which sequentially comprises: In the pasting step, the surface of the transfer film having the dummy support and the negative photosensitive composition layer on the side opposite to the dummy support is in contact with the metal layer of the substrate having a metal layer on the surface. The printed film is bonded to the substrate; Exposure step, pattern exposure of the photosensitive composition layer; A development step, performing a development treatment on the exposed photosensitive composition layer to form a photoresist pattern; a heating step, heating the photoresist pattern; a cleaning step of cleaning the heated photoresist pattern with an acidic solution; An electroplating step, performing electroplating treatment on the metal layer located in the area where the photoresist pattern is not arranged; a stripping step, stripping the photoresist pattern; and a removal step of removing the metal layer exposed by the lift-off step and forming a conductor pattern on the substrate, Between the bonding step and the exposure step or between the exposure step and the development step, there is further a dummy support peeling step for peeling off the dummy support, The photosensitive composition layer contains a thermal crosslinking agent. (2) The method of manufacturing a laminate having a conductor pattern as described in (1), wherein The modulus of elasticity of the surface of the photoresist pattern heated in the heating step opposite to the substrate side is 5.0 GPa or more. (3) The method of manufacturing a laminate having a conductor pattern as described in (1) or (2), wherein Let the elastic modulus of the surface of the photoresist pattern heated by the heating step on the side opposite to the substrate side be the elastic modulus X, When the elastic modulus near the substrate side of the photoresist pattern heated by the heating step is defined as the elastic modulus Y, Satisfy X/Y≤1.2. (4) The method of manufacturing a laminate having a conductor pattern according to any one of (1) to (3), wherein The photosensitive composition layer contains a polymerizable compound and a polymerization initiator. (5) The method of manufacturing a laminate having a conductor pattern as described in (4), wherein The polymerizable compound has an alkylene oxide modified bisphenol structure. (6) The method for producing a laminate having a conductor pattern as described in any one of (1) to (5), wherein The thermal crosslinking agent contains blocked isocyanate compounds. (7) The method for producing a laminate having a conductor pattern according to any one of (1) to (6), wherein The haze of the pseudo-support is 1.0% or less. (8) The method of manufacturing a laminate having a conductor pattern as described in any one of (1) to (7), wherein The thickness of the pseudo-support is 50 μm or less. (9) The method of manufacturing a laminate having a conductor pattern according to any one of (1) to (8), wherein The transfer film has an intermediate layer between the dummy support and the photosensitive composition layer. (10) The method of manufacturing a laminate having a conductor pattern as described in (9), wherein The middle layer is a water-soluble resin layer. (11) The method for producing a laminate having a conductor pattern according to any one of (1) to (10), wherein The exposure step is a step of performing pattern exposure through a photomask. (12) The method for producing a laminate having a conductor pattern as described in any one of (1) to (10), wherein The exposing step is a step of pattern-exposing the photosensitive composition layer through a lens using active light on which the image of the mask is projected. (13) The method of manufacturing a laminate having a conductor pattern according to any one of (1) to (10), wherein There is a pseudo-support stripping step between the bonding step and the exposure step, The exposing step is a step of pattern-exposing the photosensitive composition layer by bringing the exposed surface of the dummy support into contact with a photomask. (14) A transfer film having a pseudo-support and a negative photosensitive composition layer, wherein The photosensitive composition layer contains a thermal crosslinking agent, The haze of the pseudo-support is 1.0% or less. (15) The transfer film as described in (14), wherein The thickness of the pseudo-support is 50 μm or less. (16) The transfer film as described in (14) or (15), wherein The photosensitive composition layer contains a polymerizable compound and a polymerization initiator. (17) The transfer film as described in (16), wherein The polymerizable compound has an alkylene oxide modified bisphenol structure. (18) The transfer film according to any one of (14) to (17), which has an intermediate layer between the dummy support and the photosensitive composition layer. (19) The transfer film as described in (18), wherein The middle layer is a water-soluble resin layer. [Invention effect]

依本發明,能夠提供即使在電鍍處理之前對光阻圖案實施了用酸性溶液的清洗處理之情況下,亦能夠製造所期望的形狀的導體圖案之具有導體圖案之積層體之製造方法。 又,依本發明,能夠提供轉印膜。 According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a method for manufacturing a laminate having a conductor pattern capable of producing a desired shape of the conductor pattern even when the photoresist pattern is cleaned with an acidic solution before the plating process. Moreover, according to this invention, a transfer film can be provided.

以下,對本發明進行詳細說明。 以下所記載之構成要件的說明有時依據本發明的代表性實施態樣而進行,但本發明並不限於這種實施態樣。 Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in detail. The description of the constituent requirements described below may be based on typical embodiments of the present invention, but the present invention is not limited to such embodiments.

以下示出本說明書中的各記載的含義。 在本說明書中,使用“~”表示之數值範圍係指將記載於“~”前後之數值作為下限值及上限值而包含之範圍。 在本說明書中,在階段性地記載之數值範圍中,以某一數值範圍記載之上限值或下限值可以被替換為其他階段地記載之數值範圍的上限值或下限值。又,在本說明書中所記載之數值範圍中,以某一數值範圍記載之上限值或下限值亦可以被替換為實施例所示之值。 The meaning of each description in this specification is shown below. In this specification, the numerical range represented using "-" means the range which includes the numerical value described before and after "-" as a lower limit and an upper limit. In this specification, among the numerical ranges described step by step, the upper limit or lower limit described in a certain numerical range may be replaced with the upper limit or lower limit of the numerical range described in other stages. In addition, in the numerical range described in this specification, the upper limit or the lower limit described in a certain numerical range may be replaced with the value shown in an Example.

在本說明書中,術語“步驟”不僅包括獨立之步驟,即使在無法與其他步驟明確地區分之情況下,只要可達成該步驟的預期目的,則亦包括在本術語中。In this specification, the term "step" not only includes an independent step, but also includes in this term as long as the intended purpose of the step can be achieved even if it cannot be clearly distinguished from other steps.

在本說明書中,“透明”係指波長400~700nm的可見光的平均透射率為80%以上,90%以上為較佳。 在本說明書中,可見光的平均透射率係使用分光光度計測量之值,例如能夠使用Hitachi, Ltd.製造之分光光度計U-3310進行測量。 In this specification, "transparent" means that the average transmittance of visible light with a wavelength of 400-700 nm is 80% or more, preferably 90% or more. In the present specification, the average transmittance of visible light is a value measured using a spectrophotometer, for example, can be measured using a spectrophotometer U-3310 manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd.

在本說明書中,只要沒有特別指定,則重量平均分子量(Mw)及數量平均分子量(Mn)係作為管柱而使用TSKgel GMHxL、TSKgel G4000HxL或TSKgel G2000HxL(均為TOSOH CORPORATION製造之商品名)、作為洗提液而使用THF(四氫呋喃)、作為檢測器而使用示差折射計及作為標準物質而使用聚苯乙烯並利用凝膠滲透層析(GPC)分析裝置測量之使用標準物質的聚苯乙烯換算之值。 在本說明書中,只要沒有特別指定,則具有分子量分佈之化合物的分子量係重量平均分子量(Mw)。 在本說明書中,只要沒有特別指定,則金屬元素的含量係使用感應耦合電漿(ICP:Inductively Coupled Plasma)分光分析裝置測量之值。 在本說明書中,只要沒有特別指定,則折射率係在波長550nm下使用橢圓偏光計測量之值。 在本說明書中,只要沒有特別指定,則色相係使用色差計(CR-221,Minolta Co.,Ltd.製造)測量之值。 In this specification, unless otherwise specified, TSKgel GMHxL, TSKgel G4000HxL, or TSKgel G2000HxL (both are trade names manufactured by TOSOH CORPORATION) are used as columns for weight average molecular weight (Mw) and number average molecular weight (Mn). Using THF (tetrahydrofuran) as an eluent, using a differential refractometer as a detector, and using polystyrene as a standard substance, and measuring with a gel permeation chromatography (GPC) analysis device, the polystyrene-converted standard substance is used. value. In this specification, unless otherwise specified, the molecular weight of a compound having a molecular weight distribution means a weight average molecular weight (Mw). In this specification, unless otherwise specified, the content of metal elements is a value measured using an inductively coupled plasma (ICP: Inductively Coupled Plasma) spectroscopic analyzer. In this specification, unless otherwise specified, the refractive index is a value measured using an ellipsometer at a wavelength of 550 nm. In this specification, unless otherwise specified, the hue is a value measured using a color difference meter (CR-221, manufactured by Minolta Co., Ltd.).

在本說明書中,“(甲基)丙烯酸基”係包含丙烯酸基及甲基丙烯酸基這兩者之概念,“(甲基)丙烯醯氧基”係包含丙烯醯氧基及甲基丙烯醯氧基這兩者之概念。In this specification, "(meth)acryl group" is a concept that includes both acryl group and methacryl group, and "(meth)acryloxy" includes both acryloxy and methacryloxy. Based on these two concepts.

另外,在本說明書中,“鹼可溶性”係指在22℃下對於碳酸鈉的1質量%水溶液100g的溶解度為0.1g以上。In addition, in this specification, "alkali solubility" means that the solubility with respect to 100 g of 1 mass % aqueous solutions of sodium carbonate at 22 degreeC is 0.1 g or more.

在本說明書中,“水溶性”係指對於液溫為22℃的pH7.0的水100g的溶解度為0.1g以上。因此,例如,水溶性樹脂係指滿足上述溶解度條件之樹脂。In this specification, "water solubility" means that the solubility with respect to 100 g of water of pH7.0 whose liquid temperature is 22 degreeC is 0.1 g or more. Thus, for example, a water-soluble resin refers to a resin that satisfies the above-mentioned solubility conditions.

在本說明書中,組成物的“固體成分”係指形成使用組成物來形成之組成物層之成分,當組成物包含溶劑(有機溶劑、水等)時,係指除溶劑以外的所有成分。又,若為形成組成物層之成分,則液體狀的成分亦視為固體成分。In this specification, the "solid content" of a composition refers to the components forming the composition layer formed using the composition, and when the composition contains a solvent (organic solvent, water, etc.), it refers to all components except the solvent. Moreover, if it is a component which forms a composition layer, a liquid component is also considered a solid component.

作為本發明的具有導體圖案之積層體之製造方法的特徵點,可以舉出如下點:感光性組成物層包含熱交聯劑。 本發明者等在以往技術中對產生上述課題之原因進行了研究之結果,發現了用酸性溶液清洗光阻圖案時會產生光阻圖案的剝離或分解,其結果,無法得到所期望的形狀的導體圖案。因此,發現藉由在感光性組成物層中包含熱交聯劑且在顯影處理之後實施加熱處理而使光阻圖案交聯,從而對酸性溶液的耐性提高,其結果,可得到所期望的形狀的導體圖案。 As a characteristic point of the manufacturing method of the laminated body which has a conductor pattern of this invention, the point that a photosensitive composition layer contains a thermal crosslinking agent can be mentioned. As a result of studying the causes of the above-mentioned problems in the prior art, the present inventors have found that when the photoresist pattern is cleaned with an acidic solution, the photoresist pattern is peeled off or disassembled, and as a result, the desired shape cannot be obtained. conductor pattern. Therefore, it has been found that by including a thermal crosslinking agent in the photosensitive composition layer and performing heat treatment after the development treatment to crosslink the photoresist pattern, the resistance to acidic solutions is improved, and as a result, a desired shape can be obtained. conductor pattern.

<具有導體圖案之積層體之製造方法> 本發明的具有導體圖案之積層體之製造方法依序包括: 貼合步驟,以具有偽支體和負型的感光性組成物層之轉印膜的與偽支撐體側相反的一側的表面與表面具有金屬層之基板的金屬層接觸之方式,將轉印膜與基板進行貼合; 曝光步驟,對感光性組成物層進行圖案曝光; 顯影步驟,對經曝光之感光性組成物層實施顯影處理而形成光阻圖案; 加熱步驟,對光阻圖案進行加熱; 清洗步驟,用酸性溶液清洗經加熱之光阻圖案; 電鍍步驟,對位於未配置有光阻圖案之區域之金屬層進行電鍍處理; 剝離步驟,剝離光阻圖案;及 去除步驟,去除因剝離步驟而露出之金屬層並在基板上形成導體圖案, 在貼合步驟與曝光步驟之間或曝光步驟與顯影步驟之間進一步具有剝離偽支撐體之偽支撐體剝離步驟。 以下,對各步驟進行詳細敘述。 <Manufacturing method of laminate with conductor pattern> The manufacturing method of the laminated body with the conductor pattern of the present invention comprises in sequence: In the pasting step, the surface of the transfer film having the dummy support and the negative photosensitive composition layer on the side opposite to the dummy support is in contact with the metal layer of the substrate having a metal layer on the surface. The printed film is bonded to the substrate; Exposure step, pattern exposure of the photosensitive composition layer; A development step, performing a development treatment on the exposed photosensitive composition layer to form a photoresist pattern; a heating step, heating the photoresist pattern; a cleaning step of cleaning the heated photoresist pattern with an acidic solution; An electroplating step, performing electroplating treatment on the metal layer located in the area where the photoresist pattern is not arranged; a stripping step, stripping the photoresist pattern; and a removal step of removing the metal layer exposed by the lift-off step and forming a conductor pattern on the substrate, Between the bonding step and the exposure step or between the exposure step and the development step, there is further a dummy support peeling step for peeling off the dummy support. Hereinafter, each step will be described in detail.

[貼合步驟] 貼合步驟為以具有偽支體和負型的感光性組成物層之轉印膜的與偽支撐體側相反的一側的表面與表面具有金屬層之基板的金屬層接觸之方式,將轉印膜與基板進行貼合之步驟。 藉由實施本步驟,能夠得到依序具有基板、金屬層、感光性組成物層及偽支撐體之附有感光性組成物層之基板。 [Fitting procedure] The bonding step is to transfer the transfer film in such a way that the surface of the transfer film opposite to the dummy support side is in contact with the metal layer of the substrate having a metal layer on the surface of the transfer film having the dummy branch body and the negative photosensitive composition layer. The step of laminating the printing film and the substrate. By implementing this step, a substrate with a photosensitive composition layer having a substrate, a metal layer, a photosensitive composition layer, and a dummy support in this order can be obtained.

關於轉印膜的構成,在後段進行詳細敘述。The configuration of the transfer film will be described in detail later.

表面具有金屬層之基板(附有金屬層之基板)具有基板和配置於基板的表面之金屬層。 作為基板,例如可以舉出樹脂基板、玻璃基板、陶瓷基板及半導體基板,國際公開第2018/155193號的[0140]段落中所記載之基板為較佳。 作為樹脂基板的材料,聚對酞酸乙二酯、環烯烴聚合物或聚醯亞胺為較佳。 樹脂基板的厚度為5~200μm為較佳,10~100μm為更佳。 A substrate having a metal layer on its surface (substrate with a metal layer) has a substrate and a metal layer arranged on the surface of the substrate. Examples of the substrate include resin substrates, glass substrates, ceramic substrates, and semiconductor substrates, and the substrates described in paragraph [0140] of International Publication No. 2018/155193 are preferred. As the material of the resin substrate, polyethylene terephthalate, cycloolefin polymer, or polyimide is preferable. The thickness of the resin substrate is preferably 5 to 200 μm, more preferably 10 to 100 μm.

金屬層係包含金屬之層,作為金屬,並不受特別限制,能夠使用公知的金屬。金屬層為導電性層為較佳。 作為金屬層的主成分(所謂的主金屬),例如可以舉出銅、鉻、鉛、鎳、金、銀、錫及鋅。另外,“主成分”係指金屬層中所包含之金屬中含量最大的金屬。 The metal layer is a layer containing metal, and the metal is not particularly limited, and known metals can be used. It is preferable that the metal layer is a conductive layer. Examples of the main component (so-called main metal) of the metal layer include copper, chromium, lead, nickel, gold, silver, tin, and zinc. In addition, the "main component" refers to the metal with the largest content among the metals contained in the metal layer.

作為金屬層的形成方法,並不受特別限制,例如可以舉出塗佈分散有金屬微粒之分散液並對塗膜進行燒結之方法、濺射法及沉積法等公知的方法。The method of forming the metal layer is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include known methods such as a method of applying a dispersion liquid in which fine metal particles are dispersed and firing the coating film, sputtering, and deposition.

金屬層的厚度並不受特別限制,50nm以上為較佳,100nm以上為更佳。上限為2μm以下為較佳。The thickness of the metal layer is not particularly limited, and is preferably greater than 50 nm, more preferably greater than 100 nm. The upper limit is preferably 2 μm or less.

基板上可以配置1層或2層以上的金屬層。 當配置2層以上的金屬層時,配置2層以上之金屬層彼此可以相同或不同,不同材質的金屬層為較佳。 One or more metal layers may be disposed on the substrate. When two or more metal layers are arranged, the two or more metal layers may be the same or different from each other, and metal layers of different materials are preferred.

在上述貼合中,使轉印膜的感光性組成物層側(與偽支撐體側相反的一側的表面)與基板上的金屬層接觸而使其壓接為較佳。 作為上述壓接的方法,並沒有特別限制,能夠使用公知的轉印方法及層壓方法。其中,將感光性組成物層的表面重疊於具有金屬層之基板上並進行基於輥等之加壓及加熱為較佳。 貼合中能夠使用真空層壓機及自動切割層壓機等公知的層壓機。 作為層壓溫度,並不受特別限制,例如70~130℃為較佳。 In the above lamination, it is preferable to bring the photosensitive composition layer side (the surface opposite to the dummy support side) of the transfer film into contact with the metal layer on the substrate to be pressure-bonded. The method of the pressure bonding is not particularly limited, and known transfer methods and lamination methods can be used. Among them, it is preferable to overlay the surface of the photosensitive composition layer on the substrate having the metal layer, and to perform pressurization and heating with a roller or the like. A known laminator, such as a vacuum laminator and an automatic cutting laminator, can be used for bonding. Although it does not specifically limit as lamination temperature, For example, 70-130 degreeC is preferable.

[曝光步驟] 曝光步驟為對感光性組成物層進行圖案曝光之步驟。 “圖案曝光”為以圖案狀曝光之形態,係指存在曝光部和未曝光部之形態的曝光。 圖案曝光中的曝光部(曝光區域)與未曝光部(未曝光區域)的位置關係能夠適當調整。曝光從感光性組成物層側進行為較佳。 [Exposure steps] The exposing step is a step of pattern-exposing the photosensitive composition layer. "Pattern exposure" means exposure in a patterned form, and refers to exposure in a form in which exposed parts and unexposed parts exist. The positional relationship between the exposed part (exposed area) and the unexposed part (unexposed area) in pattern exposure can be adjusted suitably. Exposure is preferably performed from the photosensitive composition layer side.

作為曝光步驟中的曝光方式,例如可以舉出遮罩曝光、直接成像曝光及投影曝光,遮罩曝光或投影曝光為較佳。 亦即,作為曝光步驟,經由光罩進行圖案曝光之步驟為較佳。 又,作為曝光步驟,使用投影了光罩的圖像之活性光線並經由透鏡對感光性組成物層進行圖案曝光之步驟亦為較佳。 Examples of the exposure method in the exposure step include mask exposure, direct imaging exposure, and projection exposure, and mask exposure or projection exposure is preferred. That is, as an exposure process, the process of performing pattern exposure through a photomask is preferable. In addition, as the exposure step, a step of pattern-exposing the photosensitive composition layer through a lens using active light rays onto which an image of a photomask is projected is also preferable.

當在貼合步驟與曝光步驟之間進行了後述之偽支撐體剝離步驟時,作為曝光步驟,使剝離偽支撐體而露出之表面與光罩接觸而進行圖案曝光之曝光步驟為較佳。換言之,使偽支撐體已被剝離之積層體的因剝離偽支撐體而露出之露出面與光罩接觸而對感光性組成物層進行圖案曝光之曝光步驟為較佳。另外,作為上述露出面,當轉印膜為偽支撐體、中間層及感光性組成物層的3層構成時,中間層的表面對應於此。 若採用這種曝光步驟,則可得到更高精細的光阻圖案,最終可得到更高精細的導體圖案。 當進行了後述之偽支撐體剝離步驟時,尤其在貼合步驟與曝光步驟之間採用這種曝光步驟為較佳。 另外,當在曝光步驟與顯影步驟之間進行後述之偽支撐體剝離步驟時,作為曝光步驟,使藉由貼合步驟得到之基板與轉印膜的積層體中的轉印膜的與具有基板之一側相反的一側的表面與光罩接觸而進行圖案曝光之曝光步驟為較佳。 When the dummy support peeling step described later is performed between the bonding step and the exposure step, the exposure step is preferably an exposure step in which the surface exposed by peeling the dummy support is brought into contact with a photomask to perform pattern exposure. In other words, the exposure step of pattern-exposing the photosensitive composition layer by bringing the exposed surface of the layered body from which the dummy support has been peeled, which is exposed by peeling off the dummy support, into contact with a photomask is preferable. In addition, as the above-mentioned exposed surface, when the transfer film has a three-layer structure of a dummy support, an intermediate layer, and a photosensitive composition layer, the surface of the intermediate layer corresponds to this. If this exposure step is adopted, a higher-definition photoresist pattern can be obtained, and a higher-definition conductor pattern can be finally obtained. When performing the dummy support peeling step described later, it is preferable to employ such an exposure step between the bonding step and the exposure step. In addition, when the dummy support peeling step described later is performed between the exposure step and the development step, as the exposure step, the layer of the transfer film and the transfer film obtained in the lamination step are made to have the substrate. It is preferable to perform an exposure step in which the surface on the opposite side of one side is in contact with a photomask to perform pattern exposure.

在進行圖案曝光之曝光步驟中,能夠在感光性組成物層的曝光區域(相當於光罩的開口部之區域)中產生感光性組成物層中所包含之成分的硬化反應。藉由在曝光之後實施顯影步驟,感光性組成物層的非曝光區域被去除而形成圖案。In the exposure step of pattern exposure, a curing reaction of components contained in the photosensitive composition layer can occur in the exposed region (region corresponding to the opening of the photomask) of the photosensitive composition layer. By performing a developing step after exposure, non-exposed regions of the photosensitive composition layer are removed to form a pattern.

本發明的方法在曝光步驟與顯影步驟之間具有剝離曝光步驟中所使用之光罩之光罩剝離步驟亦為較佳。 作為光罩剝離步驟,例如可以舉出公知的剝離步驟。 It is also preferable that the method of the present invention has a mask stripping step of peeling off the photomask used in the exposure step between the exposure step and the development step. As a mask peeling process, a well-known peeling process is mentioned, for example.

作為圖案曝光的光源,只要能夠照射至少能夠使感光性組成物層硬化之波長區域的光(例如,365nm或405nm)即可,能夠適當選定使用。其中,圖案曝光的曝光光的主波長為365nm為較佳。另外,主波長係強度最大的波長。As a light source for pattern exposure, any light source in a wavelength range capable of curing at least the photosensitive composition layer (for example, 365 nm or 405 nm) can be appropriately selected and used. Among them, the dominant wavelength of the exposure light for pattern exposure is preferably 365 nm. In addition, the dominant wavelength is the wavelength with the greatest intensity.

作為光源,例如可以舉出各種雷射、發光二極體(LED)、超高壓水銀燈、高壓水銀燈及金屬鹵化物燈。 曝光量為5~200mJ/cm 2為較佳,10~200mJ/cm 2為更佳。 Examples of light sources include various lasers, light emitting diodes (LEDs), ultra-high pressure mercury lamps, high pressure mercury lamps, and metal halide lamps. The exposure amount is preferably 5 to 200 mJ/cm 2 , more preferably 10 to 200 mJ/cm 2 .

作為曝光中使用之光源、曝光量及曝光方法的較佳態樣,例如在國際公開第2018/155193號的[0146]~[0147]段落中有記載,該等內容被編入本說明書中。Preferable aspects of the light source, exposure amount, and exposure method used for exposure are described, for example, in paragraphs [0146] to [0147] of International Publication No. 2018/155193, and these contents are incorporated in this specification.

[偽支撐體剝離步驟] 在貼合步驟與曝光步驟之間或曝光步驟與顯影步驟之間進行偽支撐體剝離步驟。 其中,在上述貼合步驟與上述曝光步驟之間具有偽支撐體剝離步驟為較佳。 偽支撐體剝離步驟為從轉印膜與附有金屬層之基板的積層體剝離偽支撐體之步驟。 作為偽支撐體的剝離方法,例如可以舉出公知的剝離方法。具體而言,可以舉出日本特開2010-072589號公報的[0161]~[0162]段落中所記載之覆蓋膜剝離機構。 [Pseudo-support stripping step] The dummy support stripping step is performed between the bonding step and the exposure step or between the exposure step and the development step. Among them, it is preferable to have a dummy support peeling step between the bonding step and the exposing step. The dummy support peeling step is a step of peeling the dummy support from the laminate of the transfer film and the metal layer-attached substrate. As the method of peeling off the pseudo-support, for example, known peeling methods can be mentioned. Specifically, there may be mentioned the cover film peeling mechanism described in paragraphs [0161] to [0162] of JP-A-2010-072589.

[顯影步驟] 顯影步驟為對經曝光之感光性組成物層實施顯影處理而形成光阻圖案之步驟。 上述感光性組成物層的顯影能夠使用顯影液來進行。 作為顯影液,鹼性水溶液為較佳。作為鹼性水溶液中可以包含之鹼性化合物,例如可以舉出氫氧化鈉、氫氧化鉀、碳酸鈉、碳酸鉀、碳酸氫鈉、碳酸氫鉀、氫氧化四甲基銨、氫氧化四乙基銨、氫氧化四丙基銨、氫氧化四丁基銨及膽鹼(2-羥基乙基三甲基氫氧化銨)。 [Development procedure] The developing step is a step of performing developing treatment on the exposed photosensitive composition layer to form a photoresist pattern. The image development of the said photosensitive composition layer can be performed using a developing solution. As a developing solution, an alkaline aqueous solution is preferable. Examples of basic compounds that may be contained in an alkaline aqueous solution include sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, sodium bicarbonate, potassium bicarbonate, tetramethylammonium hydroxide, tetraethylammonium hydroxide Ammonium, Tetrapropylammonium Hydroxide, Tetrabutylammonium Hydroxide and Choline (2-Hydroxyethyltrimethylammonium Hydroxide).

進行顯影處理時的顯影液的液溫為10~50℃為較佳,15~40℃為更佳,20~35℃為進一步較佳。 進行顯影處理時的顯影液的pH為9以上為較佳,10以上為更佳,11以上為進一步較佳。上限為14以下為較佳,未達13為更佳。pH能夠使用公知的pH計並利用遵照JIS Z8802-1984之方法來測量。pH的測量溫度設為25℃。 As for the liquid temperature of the developer at the time of developing processing, 10-50 degreeC is preferable, 15-40 degreeC is more preferable, 20-35 degreeC is still more preferable. The pH of the developer at the time of developing is preferably 9 or higher, more preferably 10 or higher, and still more preferably 11 or higher. The upper limit is preferably 14 or less, more preferably less than 13. pH can be measured by the method based on JIS Z8802-1984 using a well-known pH meter. The measurement temperature of pH was set at 25°C.

在顯影液中,水的含量相對於顯影液的總質量為50質量%以上且未達100質量%為較佳,90質量%以上且未達100質量%為更佳。 在顯影液中,鹼性化合物的含量相對於顯影液的總質量為0.01~20質量%為較佳,0.1~10質量%為更佳。 The content of water in the developer is preferably at least 50% by mass and less than 100% by mass, more preferably at least 90% by mass and less than 100% by mass, based on the total mass of the developer. In the developer, the content of the basic compound is preferably 0.01 to 20% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 10% by mass, based on the total mass of the developer.

作為顯影的方式,例如可以舉出旋覆浸沒顯影、噴淋顯影、旋轉顯影及浸漬顯影等方式。As a system of image development, systems, such as spin-on-dip image development, shower image development, spin image development, and immersion image development, are mentioned, for example.

作為在本說明書中較佳地使用之顯影液,例如可以舉出國際公開第2015/093271號的[0194]段落中所記載之顯影液,作為較佳地使用之顯影方式,例如可以舉出國際公開第2015/093271號的[0195]段落中所記載之顯影方式。As a developing solution preferably used in this specification, for example, the developing solution described in paragraph [0194] of International Publication No. 2015/093271 can be mentioned. As a developing method preferably used, for example, the international The development method described in paragraph [0195] of Publication No. 2015/093271.

在顯影之後且轉移到下一個步驟之前,實施去除殘留於附有金屬層之基板上之顯影液之沖洗處理亦為較佳。沖洗處理中能夠使用水等。 在顯影及/或沖洗處理之後,可以進行從附有金屬層之基板上去除多餘的液體之乾燥處理。 It is also preferable to perform a rinsing process for removing the developer remaining on the metal layer-attached substrate after the development and before transferring to the next step. Water or the like can be used for the rinsing treatment. After the development and/or rinsing process, a drying process may be performed to remove excess liquid from the substrate with the metal layer.

形成於附有金屬層之基板上之光阻圖案的位置及大小並不受特別限制,但細線狀為較佳。 具體而言,光阻圖案的線寬為20μm以下為較佳,15μm以下為更佳,10μm以下為進一步較佳,5μm以下為特佳。下限為1.0μm以上的情況多。 The position and size of the photoresist pattern formed on the substrate with the metal layer are not particularly limited, but a thin line shape is preferred. Specifically, the line width of the photoresist pattern is preferably 20 μm or less, more preferably 15 μm or less, further preferably 10 μm or less, and particularly preferably 5 μm or less. The lower limit is often 1.0 μm or more.

[加熱步驟] 加熱步驟為對光阻圖案進行加熱之步驟。藉由實施本步驟,由後述之熱交聯劑在光阻圖案中形成交聯結構,可對光阻圖案賦予針對在後述之清洗步驟中實施之用酸性溶液的清洗的耐性。 加熱溫度並不受特別限制,但100~200℃為較佳,120~150℃為更佳。 加熱時間並不受特別限制,但10~60分鐘為較佳,20~40分鐘為更佳。 [Heating step] The heating step is a step of heating the photoresist pattern. By carrying out this step, a crosslinked structure is formed in the resist pattern by a thermal crosslinking agent described later, and resistance against cleaning with an acidic solution to be performed in a cleaning step described later can be imparted to the resist pattern. The heating temperature is not particularly limited, but is preferably 100 to 200°C, more preferably 120 to 150°C. The heating time is not particularly limited, but is preferably 10 to 60 minutes, more preferably 20 to 40 minutes.

藉由加熱步驟加熱之光阻圖案的與基板側相反的一側的表面的彈性模數並不受特別限制,但在本發明的效果更優異的觀點上,5.0GPa以上為較佳,5.5GPa以上為更佳。上限並不受特別限制,但7.0GPa以下的情況多。 上述彈性模數的測量方法如下。 彈性模數利用原子力顯微鏡(AFM)進行測量。具體程序如下。使用原子力顯微鏡(例如,Bruker公司製造之AFM Dimension Icon)在QNM模式下進行測量。作為探針,例如使用RTESPA-150(150KHz、5N/m)。以每1個視場1μm見方測量合計5個視場,並以每1個視場10個點測量共計50個點的力曲線(force curve),使用Hertz接觸理論,由回程的力曲線的斜率(最大荷重的20%~90%的區域)算出彈性模數。另外,AFM探針的校正的具體例如下。事先測量石英基板的力曲線,由力曲線的斜率算出翹曲靈敏度。彈簧常數藉由測量探針的熱波動而算出。例如,使用Bruker公司製造之AFM的軟體中所包含之熱調諧(Thermal Tune)法算出彈簧常數。測量前端曲率校正用樣品(RM-12M:Ti Roughness Sample)的形狀,例如使用Bruker公司製造之AFM軟體所附之圖像分析模式(Tip Qualification)算出前端的曲率。 The modulus of elasticity of the surface of the photoresist pattern heated by the heating step opposite to the substrate side is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of better effects of the present invention, it is preferably 5.0 GPa or more, 5.5 GPa The above is better. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but it is often 7.0 GPa or less. The measuring method of the above elastic modulus is as follows. The modulus of elasticity was measured using an atomic force microscope (AFM). The specific procedure is as follows. Measurements are performed in QNM mode using an atomic force microscope (for example, AFM Dimension Icon manufactured by Bruker Corporation). As a probe, for example, RTESPA-150 (150 KHz, 5 N/m) is used. Measure a total of 5 fields of view with a 1 μm square per field of view, and measure a total of 50 points of force curve (force curve) at 10 points per field of view. Using the Hertz contact theory, the slope of the force curve of the return stroke (Area from 20% to 90% of the maximum load) Calculate the modulus of elasticity. In addition, specific examples of calibration of the AFM probe are as follows. The force curve of the quartz substrate was measured in advance, and the warpage sensitivity was calculated from the slope of the force curve. The spring constant is calculated by measuring the thermal fluctuation of the probe. For example, the spring constant is calculated using the Thermal Tune method included in the software of the AFM manufactured by Bruker. Measure the shape of the tip curvature correction sample (RM-12M: Ti Roughness Sample), for example, use the image analysis mode (Tip Qualification) attached to the AFM software manufactured by Bruker to calculate the curvature of the tip.

將藉由加熱步驟加熱之光阻圖案的與基板側相反的一側的表面的彈性模數設為彈性模數X,將藉由加熱步驟加熱之光阻圖案的基板側附近的彈性模數設為彈性模數Y時,X/Y並不受特別限制,但在本發明的效果更優異的觀點上,1.20以下為較佳,1.10以下為更佳。下限並不受特別限制,但1.05以上為較佳。 上述彈性模數X的測量方法可以舉出基於上述原子力顯微鏡(AFM)之方法。 上述彈性模數Y的測量方法如下。 沿著厚度方向,用切片機切削光阻圖案,使光阻圖案的垂直剖面露出,藉由與上述彈性模數X相同的方法測量該垂直剖面中從基板起相對於光阻圖案的整體厚度為0~20%的高度位置中的任一位置處的彈性模數,將其作為上述彈性模數Y。亦即,光阻圖案的基板側附近係指光阻圖案的垂直剖面中從基板起相對於光阻圖案的整體厚度為0~20%的高度位置的範圍。 Let the elastic modulus of the surface of the photoresist pattern heated by the heating step opposite to the substrate side be elastic modulus X, and let the elastic modulus near the substrate side of the photoresist pattern heated by the heating step be When it is the modulus of elasticity Y, X/Y is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1.20 or less, more preferably 1.10 or less, from the viewpoint of more excellent effects of the present invention. The lower limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1.05 or higher. As a method for measuring the above-mentioned elastic modulus X, a method based on the above-mentioned atomic force microscope (AFM) can be mentioned. The method of measuring the above elastic modulus Y is as follows. Along the thickness direction, use a microtome to cut the photoresist pattern, so that the vertical section of the photoresist pattern is exposed, and measure the overall thickness of the vertical section from the substrate relative to the photoresist pattern by the same method as the above-mentioned elastic modulus X. The elastic modulus at any one of the height positions of 0 to 20% is taken as the above-mentioned elastic modulus Y. That is, the vicinity of the substrate side of the photoresist pattern refers to a range of height positions of 0 to 20% of the entire thickness of the photoresist pattern from the substrate in the vertical cross section of the photoresist pattern.

[清洗步驟] 清洗步驟為用酸性溶液清洗加熱步驟中所加熱之光阻圖案之步驟。 作為酸性溶液,只要為包含酸之溶液,則不受特別限制。 作為酸性溶液中的酸,例如可以舉出硫酸、硝酸、氯化氫、磷酸、氫氟酸、磺醯胺酸及草酸等。 酸性溶液中的酸的濃度並不受特別限制,但酸成分的濃度相對於酸性溶液總質量為5~30質量%為較佳,10~20質量%為更佳。 [Cleaning procedure] The cleaning step is a step of cleaning the photoresist pattern heated in the heating step with an acidic solution. The acidic solution is not particularly limited as long as it contains an acid. Examples of the acid in the acidic solution include sulfuric acid, nitric acid, hydrogen chloride, phosphoric acid, hydrofluoric acid, sulfonylic acid, and oxalic acid. The concentration of the acid in the acidic solution is not particularly limited, but the concentration of the acid component is preferably 5 to 30% by mass, more preferably 10 to 20% by mass, based on the total mass of the acidic solution.

酸性溶液中包含溶劑為較佳。 作為溶劑,可以舉出水及有機溶劑。 作為有機溶劑,例如可以舉出醇系溶劑、酯系溶劑、酮系溶劑、醯胺系溶劑及烴系溶劑。 It is preferable that the acidic solution contains a solvent. As a solvent, water and an organic solvent are mentioned. Examples of the organic solvent include alcohol-based solvents, ester-based solvents, ketone-based solvents, amide-based solvents, and hydrocarbon-based solvents.

用酸性溶液清洗光阻圖案之方法並不受特別限制,只要能夠使光阻圖案與酸性溶液接觸即可。例如,可以舉出在光阻圖案上供給酸性溶液之方法及在酸性溶液中浸漬光阻圖案之方法。 光阻圖案與酸性溶液的接觸時間並不受特別限制,但1~20分鐘為較佳,3~10分鐘為更佳。 使光阻圖案與酸性溶液接觸時的酸性溶液的液溫為25~50℃為較佳,30~40℃為更佳。 The method of cleaning the photoresist pattern with an acidic solution is not particularly limited, as long as the photoresist pattern can be contacted with the acidic solution. For example, the method of supplying an acidic solution on a photoresist pattern, and the method of dipping a photoresist pattern in an acidic solution are mentioned. The contact time between the photoresist pattern and the acidic solution is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1-20 minutes, more preferably 3-10 minutes. The liquid temperature of the acidic solution when the photoresist pattern is brought into contact with the acidic solution is preferably 25 to 50°C, more preferably 30 to 40°C.

[電鍍步驟] 電鍍步驟為對位於未配置有光阻圖案之區域之金屬層進行電鍍處理之步驟。 藉由實施本步驟,可在位於未配置有光阻圖案之區域之金屬層上形成電鍍層。 [Plating steps] The electroplating step is a step of electroplating the metal layer in the area where the photoresist pattern is not arranged. By implementing this step, an electroplating layer can be formed on the metal layer in the area where the photoresist pattern is not arranged.

作為電鍍處理的方法,例如可以舉出電解電鍍法及無電解電鍍法,從生產性的觀點而言,電解電鍍法為較佳。 若實施電鍍步驟,則可得到在附有金屬層之基板上具有與未配置有光阻圖案之區域(光阻圖案的開口部)相同的圖案形狀之電鍍層。 As a method of electroplating treatment, an electrolytic plating method and an electroless plating method are mentioned, for example, The electrolytic plating method is preferable from a viewpoint of productivity. If the electroplating step is performed, an electroplating layer having the same pattern shape as that of the region (opening of the photoresist pattern) on which the photoresist pattern is not disposed on the substrate with the metal layer can be obtained.

作為電鍍層中所包含之金屬,例如可以舉出公知的金屬。 具體而言,可以舉出銅、鉻、鉛、鎳、金、銀、錫及鋅等金屬以及該等金屬的合金。 其中,從導體圖案的導電性更優異的觀點而言,電鍍層包含銅或其合金為較佳。又,從導體圖案的導電性更優異的觀點而言,電鍍層包含銅作為主成分為較佳。 As a metal contained in a plating layer, a well-known metal is mentioned, for example. Specifically, metals such as copper, chromium, lead, nickel, gold, silver, tin, and zinc, and alloys of these metals are mentioned. Among these, it is preferable that the electroplating layer contains copper or an alloy thereof from the viewpoint that the conductivity of the conductor pattern is more excellent. Moreover, it is preferable that the electroplating layer contains copper as a main component from a viewpoint of the electroconductivity of a conductor pattern being more excellent.

作為電鍍層的厚度,0.1μm以上為較佳,1μm以上為更佳。上限為20μm以下為較佳。The thickness of the plating layer is preferably at least 0.1 μm, more preferably at least 1 μm. The upper limit is preferably 20 μm or less.

[剝離步驟] 剝離步驟為剝離光阻圖案之步驟。 作為剝離殘餘光阻圖案之方法,並不受特別限制,可以舉出藉由藥品處理去除之方法,使用剝離液去除之方法為較佳。 又,亦可以使用剝離液並藉由噴塗法、噴淋法及旋覆浸沒法等公知的方法來去除。 [Peel off procedure] The stripping step is a step of stripping the photoresist pattern. The method of stripping the residual photoresist pattern is not particularly limited, and the method of removing it by chemical treatment is mentioned, and the method of removing it by using a stripping solution is preferred. Moreover, it can also remove by well-known methods, such as a spray method, a shower method, and a spin-on-dip method, using a stripping liquid.

作為剝離液,例如可以舉出將無機鹼成分或有機鹼成分溶解於水、二甲基亞碸、N-甲基吡咯啶酮或該等的混合溶液而成之剝離液。作為無機鹼成分,例如可以舉出氫氧化鈉及氫氧化鉀。作為有機鹼成分,可以舉出一級胺化合物、二級胺化合物、三級胺化合物及四級銨鹽化合物。作為鹼性有機化合物,氫氧化四甲基銨或烷醇胺化合物為較佳。剝離液不溶解金屬層亦為較佳。As the stripping liquid, for example, a stripping liquid obtained by dissolving an inorganic base component or an organic base component in water, dimethylsulfoxide, N-methylpyrrolidone, or a mixed solution thereof is mentioned. As an inorganic base component, sodium hydroxide and potassium hydroxide are mentioned, for example. Examples of the organic base component include primary amine compounds, secondary amine compounds, tertiary amine compounds, and quaternary ammonium salt compounds. As the basic organic compound, tetramethylammonium hydroxide or an alkanolamine compound is preferable. It is also preferable that the stripping solution does not dissolve the metal layer.

作為光阻圖案的剝離方法,可以舉出在液溫較佳為30~80℃、更佳為50~80℃的攪拌中的剝離液中將具有殘餘光阻圖案之基板浸漬1~30分鐘之方法。As the stripping method of the photoresist pattern, it is possible to immerse the substrate with the remaining photoresist pattern in the stripping solution having a liquid temperature of preferably 30 to 80° C., more preferably 50 to 80° C., for 1 to 30 minutes. method.

進行剝離處理時的剝離液的pH為11以上為較佳,12以上為更佳,13以上為進一步較佳。上限為14以下為較佳,13.8以下為更佳。pH能夠使用公知的pH計並利用遵照JIS Z8802-1984之方法來測量。pH的測量溫度設為25℃。 進行剝離處理時的剝離液的液溫高於進行顯影處理時的顯影液的液溫為較佳。具體而言,從上述剝離液的液溫減去上述顯影液的液溫之值(上述剝離液的液溫-上述顯影液的液溫)為10℃以上為較佳,20℃以上為更佳。上限為100℃以下為較佳,80℃以下為更佳。 進行剝離處理時的剝離液的pH高於進行顯影處理時的顯影液的pH為較佳。具體而言,從上述剝離液的pH減去上述顯影液的pH之值(上述剝離液的pH-上述顯影液的pH)為1以上為較佳,1.5以上為更佳。上限為5以下為較佳,4以下為更佳。 The pH of the stripping liquid at the time of the stripping treatment is preferably 11 or higher, more preferably 12 or higher, and still more preferably 13 or higher. The upper limit is preferably 14 or less, more preferably 13.8 or less. pH can be measured by the method based on JIS Z8802-1984 using a well-known pH meter. The measurement temperature of pH was set at 25°C. It is preferable that the liquid temperature of the stripping liquid during the peeling treatment is higher than the liquid temperature of the developing solution during the development treatment. Specifically, the value obtained by subtracting the liquid temperature of the developer from the liquid temperature of the stripping liquid (liquid temperature of the stripping liquid - liquid temperature of the developer) is preferably 10°C or higher, more preferably 20°C or higher. . The upper limit is preferably 100°C or lower, more preferably 80°C or lower. It is preferable that the pH of the stripping solution when performing the stripping treatment is higher than the pH of the developing solution when performing the developing treatment. Specifically, the value obtained by subtracting the pH of the developer from the pH of the stripping solution (pH of the stripping solution−pH of the developer) is preferably 1 or more, more preferably 1.5 or more. The upper limit is preferably 5 or less, more preferably 4 or less.

在利用剝離液剝離光阻圖案之後,實施去除殘留於基板上之剝離液之沖洗處理亦為較佳。沖洗處理中能夠使用水等。 基於剝離液之光阻圖案的剝離及/或沖洗處理之後,可以進行從基板上去除多餘的液體之乾燥處理。 After stripping the photoresist pattern with the stripping solution, it is also preferable to perform a rinse process for removing the stripping solution remaining on the substrate. Water or the like can be used for the rinsing treatment. After the stripping and/or rinsing process of the photoresist pattern by the stripping liquid, a drying process for removing excess liquid from the substrate may be performed.

[去除步驟] 去除步驟為去除因剝離步驟而露出之金屬層並在基板上形成導體圖案之步驟。 在去除步驟中,將藉由電鍍步驟形成之電鍍層用作蝕刻阻劑而進行位於非圖案形成區域(換言之,未被電鍍層保護之區域)之金屬層的蝕刻處理。 [removal steps] The removing step is a step of removing the metal layer exposed by the stripping step and forming a conductor pattern on the substrate. In the removal step, etching treatment of the metal layer located in the non-pattern formation region (in other words, the region not protected by the plating layer) is performed using the plating layer formed by the plating step as an etching resist.

作為去除金屬層的一部分之方法,並不受特別限制,使用公知的蝕刻液為較佳。 作為公知的蝕刻液的一態樣,例如可以舉出氯化鐵溶液、氯化銅溶液、氨鹼溶液、硫酸-過氧化氫混合液及磷酸-過氧化氫混合液等。 The method of removing a part of the metal layer is not particularly limited, and it is preferable to use a known etching solution. Examples of known etching solutions include ferric chloride solution, copper chloride solution, ammonia-alkali solution, sulfuric acid-hydrogen peroxide mixed solution, phosphoric acid-hydrogen peroxide mixed solution, and the like.

若進行去除步驟,則於表面露出之金屬層從基板上被去除,並且具有圖案形狀之電鍍層(導體圖案)殘留,從而可得到具有導體圖案之積層體。When the removing step is performed, the metal layer exposed on the surface is removed from the substrate, and the plated layer (conductor pattern) having a pattern shape remains, so that a laminate having a conductor pattern can be obtained.

作為所形成之導體圖案的線寬的上限值,8μm以下為較佳,6μm以下為更佳。作為下限值,並不受特別限制,但1μm以上的情況多。The upper limit of the line width of the formed conductor pattern is preferably 8 μm or less, more preferably 6 μm or less. The lower limit is not particularly limited, but it is often 1 μm or more.

[其他步驟] 具有導體圖案之積層體之製造方法可以包括除上述步驟以外的任意的步驟(其他步驟)。 例如,可以舉出國際公開第2019/022089號的[0172]段落中所記載之降低可見光線反射率之步驟、國際公開第2019/022089號的[0172]段落中所記載之在絕緣膜上形成新的金屬層之步驟等,但並不限於該等步驟。 [additional steps] The manufacturing method of the laminated body which has a conductor pattern may include arbitrary steps (other steps) other than the above-mentioned steps. For example, the step of reducing the reflectance of visible light described in paragraph [0172] of International Publication No. 2019/022089, and the step of forming on an insulating film described in paragraph [0172] of International Publication No. 2019/022089 can be mentioned. Steps of new metal layer, etc., but not limited to these steps.

-降低可見光線反射率之步驟- 具有導體圖案之積層體之製造方法可以包括進行降低基材所具有之複數個金屬層的一部分或全部的可見光線反射率之處理之步驟。 作為降低可見光線反射率之處理,可以舉出氧化處理。當基材具有包含銅之金屬層時,對銅進行氧化處理而使其成為氧化銅,並使金屬層黑化,藉此能夠降低金屬層的可見光線反射率。 關於降低可見光線反射率之處理,記載於日本特開2014-150118號公報的[0017]~[0025]段落以及日本特開2013-206315號公報的[0041]段落、[0042]段落、[0048]段落及[0058]段落,該等公報中所記載之內容被編入本說明書中。 -Steps to reduce reflectance of visible light- The manufacturing method of the laminated body which has a conductor pattern may include the process of performing the process of reducing the reflectance of a part or all of the visible light of some or all of the several metal layers which a base material has. Oxidation treatment can be mentioned as a treatment for lowering the reflectance of visible light. When the substrate has a metal layer containing copper, the copper is oxidized to become copper oxide and the metal layer is blackened, thereby reducing the visible light reflectance of the metal layer. Regarding the treatment of reducing the reflectance of visible light, it is described in paragraphs [0017] to [0025] of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2014-150118 and paragraphs [0041], [0042], and [0048] of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2013-206315. ] paragraphs and [0058] paragraphs, the contents recorded in these publications are incorporated into this specification.

-形成絕緣膜之步驟、在絕緣膜的表面形成新的金屬層之步驟- 具有導體圖案之積層體之製造方法包括在電路配線的表面形成絕緣膜之步驟和在絕緣膜的表面形成新的金屬層之步驟亦為較佳。 藉由上述步驟,能夠形成與第一電極圖案絕緣之第二電極圖案。 作為形成絕緣膜之步驟,並不受特別限制,可以舉出公知的形成永久膜之方法。又,亦可以使用具有絕緣性之感光性材料,藉由光微影來形成所期望的圖案的絕緣膜。 -Step of forming an insulating film, and step of forming a new metal layer on the surface of the insulating film- It is also preferable that the method of manufacturing a laminate having a conductor pattern includes the step of forming an insulating film on the surface of the circuit wiring and the step of forming a new metal layer on the surface of the insulating film. Through the above steps, the second electrode pattern insulated from the first electrode pattern can be formed. The step of forming an insulating film is not particularly limited, and a known method for forming a permanent film can be used. In addition, an insulating film having a desired pattern can also be formed by photolithography using an insulating photosensitive material.

具有導體圖案之積層體之製造方法中使用在基材的兩個表面分別具有複數個金屬層之基板並對形成於基材的兩個表面之金屬層逐次或同時形成電路亦為較佳。藉由這種構成,能夠形成在基材的一個表面形成有第一導體圖案且在另一個表面形成有第二導體圖案之觸控面板用電路配線。又,以卷對卷方式從基材的兩面形成這種構成的觸控面板用電路配線亦為較佳。It is also preferable to use a substrate having a plurality of metal layers on both surfaces of the substrate in the method of manufacturing a laminate having a conductive pattern, and to sequentially or simultaneously form circuits on the metal layers formed on both surfaces of the substrate. With such a configuration, the circuit wiring for a touch panel in which the first conductor pattern is formed on one surface of the base material and the second conductor pattern is formed on the other surface can be formed. Moreover, it is also preferable to form the circuit wiring for touch panels of such a structure from both surfaces of a base material in a roll-to-roll system.

<具有導體圖案之積層體的用途> 具有導體圖案之積層體之製造方法能夠適用於觸控面板、透明加熱器、透明天線、電磁波屏蔽材及調光薄膜等導電膜的製造;印刷配線板及半導體封裝的製造;半導體晶片或封裝之間的互連用柱及引腳的製造;金屬遮罩的製造;COF(Chip on Film:覆晶薄膜)及TAB(Tape Automated Bonding:捲帶式自動接合)等帶狀基板的製造等。 又,作為上述觸控面板,可以舉出靜電電容型觸控面板。本發明之積層體之製造方法能夠用於觸控面板中的導電膜或周邊電路配線的形成。上述觸控面板例如能夠適用於有機EL(electro-luminescence:電致發光)顯示裝置及液晶顯示裝置等顯示裝置。 <Applications of laminates with conductor patterns> The method for manufacturing a laminate with a conductor pattern can be applied to the manufacture of conductive films such as touch panels, transparent heaters, transparent antennas, electromagnetic shielding materials, and dimming films; the manufacture of printed wiring boards and semiconductor packages; the manufacture of semiconductor chips or packages Manufacture of columns and pins for interconnection; manufacture of metal masks; manufacture of tape-shaped substrates such as COF (Chip on Film) and TAB (Tape Automated Bonding: tape-and-roll automatic bonding), etc. Moreover, an electrostatic capacity type touch panel is mentioned as said touch panel. The manufacturing method of the laminated body of this invention can be used for the formation of the conductive film in a touch panel, or peripheral circuit wiring. The touch panel described above can be applied to display devices such as organic EL (electro-luminescence: electroluminescence) display devices and liquid crystal display devices, for example.

<轉印膜> 用於本發明的具有導體圖案之積層體之製造方法之轉印膜具有偽支撐體和負型的感光性組成物層,感光性組成物層包含熱交聯劑。 轉印膜除了偽支撐體及感光性組成物層以外,可以具有其他層。 作為其他層,例如可以舉出後述之中間層。又,轉印膜可以具有後述之其他構件(例如,保護膜等)。 <Transfer Film> The transfer film used in the method for producing a laminate having a conductive pattern of the present invention has a dummy support and a negative photosensitive composition layer, and the photosensitive composition layer contains a thermal crosslinking agent. The transfer film may have other layers besides the dummy support and the photosensitive composition layer. As another layer, the intermediate|middle layer mentioned later is mentioned, for example. Moreover, the transfer film may have other members (for example, a protective film etc.) mentioned later.

作為轉印膜的實施態樣,例如可以舉出以下的構成(1)或(2),構成(2)為較佳。 (1)“偽支撐體/感光性組成物層/保護膜” (2)“偽支撐體/中間層/感光性組成物層/保護膜” 轉印膜具有中間層為較佳。 As an embodiment of the transfer film, for example, the following constitution (1) or (2) can be mentioned, and constitution (2) is preferable. (1) "pseudo-support/photosensitive composition layer/protective film" (2) "pseudo-support/intermediate layer/photosensitive composition layer/protective film" It is preferable that the transfer film has an intermediate layer.

從抑制在上述貼合步驟中產生氣泡之觀點而言,轉印膜的波紋的最大寬度為300μm以下為較佳,200μm以下為更佳,60μm以下為進一步較佳。另外,作為波紋的最大寬度的下限值,為0μm以上,0.1μm以上為較佳,1μm以上為更佳。 轉印膜的波紋的最大寬度係藉由以下的程序測量之值。 首先,將轉印膜沿著與主面垂直的方向裁斷為長20cm×寬20cm的尺寸而製作出試驗樣品。另外,當轉印膜具有保護膜時,剝離保護膜。接著,在表面平滑且水平的工作臺上,將上述試驗樣品以偽支撐體的表面與工作臺對向之方式靜置。靜置後,對試驗樣品的中心10cm見方的範圍,用雷射顯微鏡(例如,KEYENCE CORPORATION製造之VK-9700SP)掃描試驗樣品的表面而得到三維表面圖像,從在所得到之三維表面圖像中觀察到之最大凸面高度減去最低凹面高度。對10個試驗樣品進行上述操作,將其算術平均值作為“轉印膜的波紋最大寬度”。 From the viewpoint of suppressing generation of air bubbles in the bonding step, the maximum width of the ripples of the transfer film is preferably 300 μm or less, more preferably 200 μm or less, and still more preferably 60 μm or less. In addition, the lower limit of the maximum width of the corrugation is 0 μm or more, preferably 0.1 μm or more, more preferably 1 μm or more. The maximum width of the ripples of the transfer film is a value measured by the following procedure. First, the transfer film was cut into a size of 20 cm in length x 20 cm in width in a direction perpendicular to the main surface to prepare a test sample. In addition, when the transfer film has a protective film, the protective film is peeled off. Next, on a workbench with a smooth surface and a horizontal surface, the above-mentioned test sample was left still so that the surface of the dummy support faced the workbench. After standing still, scan the surface of the test sample with a laser microscope (for example, VK-9700SP manufactured by KEYENCE CORPORATION) to obtain a three-dimensional surface image of the center of the test sample within a 10 cm square area. From the obtained three-dimensional surface image The height of the largest convexity minus the height of the lowest concave. The above-mentioned operation was performed on 10 test samples, and the arithmetic mean thereof was defined as the "maximum waviness width of the transfer film".

在轉印膜的感光性組成物層中,當在感光性組成物層的與偽支撐體相反的一側的表面進一步具有其他組成物層時,其他組成物層的合計厚度相對於感光性組成物層的合計厚度為0.1~30%為較佳,0.1~20%為更佳。In the photosensitive composition layer of the transfer film, when there are further composition layers on the surface of the photosensitive composition layer opposite to the dummy support, the total thickness of the other composition layers is relative to the photosensitive composition layer. The total thickness of the layers is preferably 0.1 to 30%, more preferably 0.1 to 20%.

從密接性更優異的觀點而言,感光性組成物層的波長365nm的光的透射率為10%以上為較佳,30%以上為更佳,50%以上為進一步較佳。上限為99.9%以下為較佳,99.0%以下為更佳。From the viewpoint of better adhesion, the transmittance of light having a wavelength of 365 nm of the photosensitive composition layer is preferably 10% or more, more preferably 30% or more, and still more preferably 50% or more. The upper limit is preferably 99.9% or less, more preferably 99.0% or less.

對轉印膜的實施形態的例子進行說明。 圖1所示之轉印膜10依序具有偽支撐體11、包括中間層13及感光性組成物層15之組成物層17以及保護膜19。 圖1所示之轉印膜10為具有中間層13及保護膜19之形態,但亦可以不具有中間層13及保護膜19。 在圖1中,將可以配置於偽支撐體11上之除保護膜19以外的各層(例如,感光性組成物層及中間層等)亦稱為“組成物層”。 An example of embodiment of the transfer film will be described. The transfer film 10 shown in FIG. 1 has a dummy support 11 , a composition layer 17 including an intermediate layer 13 and a photosensitive composition layer 15 , and a protective film 19 in this order. Although the transfer film 10 shown in FIG. 1 has the intermediate layer 13 and the protective film 19, it does not need to have the intermediate layer 13 and the protective film 19. In FIG. 1 , each layer (for example, a photosensitive composition layer, an intermediate layer, etc.) that can be disposed on the dummy support 11 other than the protective film 19 is also referred to as a “composition layer”.

以下,關於轉印膜,對各構件及各成分進行詳細說明。Hereinafter, with regard to the transfer film, each member and each component will be described in detail.

[偽支撐體] 轉印膜具有偽支撐體。 偽支撐體係支撐感光性組成物層之構件,最終藉由剝離處理而被去除。 [pseudo-support] The transfer film has a pseudo-support. The member of the pseudo support system supporting the photosensitive composition layer is finally removed by peeling treatment.

偽支撐體可以為單層結構及多層結構中的任一種。 作為偽支撐體,薄膜為較佳,樹脂薄膜為更佳。又,作為偽支撐體,具有可撓性且在加壓下或加壓下及加熱下不產生明顯的變形、收縮或伸長之薄膜亦為較佳,沒有褶皺等變形及刮痕之薄膜亦為較佳。 作為薄膜,例如可以舉出聚對酞酸乙二酯薄膜(例如,雙軸拉伸聚對酞酸乙二酯薄膜)、聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯薄膜、三乙酸纖維素薄膜、聚苯乙烯薄膜、聚醯亞胺薄膜及聚碳酸酯薄膜,聚對酞酸乙二酯薄膜為較佳。 The pseudo-support may be any of a single-layer structure and a multi-layer structure. As the pseudo-support, a thin film is preferable, and a resin thin film is more preferable. Also, as a pseudo-support, a film that is flexible and does not undergo significant deformation, shrinkage or elongation under pressure or under pressure and heat is also preferred, and a film without deformation such as wrinkles and scratches is also preferred. better. Examples of films include polyethylene terephthalate films (for example, biaxially stretched polyethylene terephthalate films), polymethyl methacrylate films, cellulose triacetate films, polystyrene films , polyimide film and polycarbonate film, polyethylene terephthalate film is preferred.

從能夠經由偽支撐體進行圖案曝光之觀點而言,偽支撐體的透明性高為較佳,365nm的透射率為60%以上為較佳,70%以上為更佳。 從經由偽支撐體之圖案曝光時的圖案形成性及偽支撐體的透明性的觀點而言,偽支撐體的霧度小為較佳。具體而言,偽支撐體的霧度的值為2.0%以下為較佳,1.0%以下為更佳,0.5%以下為進一步較佳。下限並不受特別限制,可以舉出0.1%以上。 從經由偽支撐體之圖案曝光時的圖案形成性及偽支撐體的透明性的觀點而言,偽支撐體中所包含之微粒、異物及缺陷的數量少為較佳。偽支撐體中的直徑1μm以上的微粒、異物及缺陷的數量為50個/10mm 2以下為較佳,10個/10mm 2以下為更佳,3個/10mm 2以下為進一步較佳,0個/10mm 2為特佳。 From the viewpoint of enabling pattern exposure through the dummy support, it is preferable that the dummy support has high transparency, and the transmittance at 365 nm is preferably 60% or more, more preferably 70% or more. It is preferable that the haze of the dummy support is small from the viewpoint of the pattern formability at the time of pattern exposure through the dummy support and the transparency of the dummy support. Specifically, the haze value of the pseudo-support is preferably 2.0% or less, more preferably 1.0% or less, and still more preferably 0.5% or less. The lower limit is not particularly limited, and 0.1% or more can be mentioned. It is preferable that the number of fine particles, foreign matter, and defects contained in the dummy support is small from the viewpoint of the pattern formation property at the time of pattern exposure through the dummy support and the transparency of the dummy support. The number of particles, foreign substances, and defects with a diameter of 1 μm or more in the pseudo-support is preferably 50 pieces/10mm2 or less, more preferably 10 pieces/10mm2 or less, more preferably 3 pieces/10mm2 or less, and 0 pieces /10mm 2 is especially good.

偽支撐體的厚度為5μm以上為更佳。上限為200μm以下為較佳,從操作容易性及通用性的觀點而言,150μm以下為更佳,50μm以下為進一步較佳,20μm以下為特佳,16μm以下為最佳。 偽支撐體的厚度作為藉由基於SEM(掃描型電子顯微鏡:Scanning Electron Microscope)之剖面觀察測量之任意5個點的平均值而算出。 The thickness of the pseudo-support is more preferably 5 μm or more. The upper limit is preferably 200 μm or less, more preferably 150 μm or less, further preferably 50 μm or less, particularly preferably 20 μm or less, and most preferably 16 μm or less from the viewpoint of ease of handling and versatility. The thickness of the pseudo-support was calculated as an average value of arbitrary five points measured by cross-sectional observation with SEM (Scanning Electron Microscope).

從處理性的觀點而言,偽支撐體可以在偽支撐體的單面或兩面具有包含微粒之層(潤滑劑層)。 潤滑劑層中所包含之微粒的直徑為0.05~0.8μm為較佳。 潤滑劑層的厚度為0.05~1.0μm為較佳。 From the viewpoint of handleability, the pseudo-support may have a layer (lubricant layer) containing fine particles on one or both surfaces of the pseudo-support. The fine particles contained in the lubricant layer preferably have a diameter of 0.05 to 0.8 μm. The thickness of the lubricant layer is preferably 0.05 to 1.0 μm.

從提高偽支撐體與感光性組成物層的密接性之觀點而言,偽支撐體的與感光性組成物層接觸之面可以進行表面改質處理。 作為表面改質處理,例如可以舉出使用UV照射、電暈放電及電漿等之處理。 UV照射中的曝光量為10~2000mJ/cm 2為較佳,50~1000mJ/cm 2為更佳。 若曝光量在上述範圍內,則燈輸出及照度不受特別限制。 作為UV照射中的光源,例如可以舉出發出150~450nm波長帶的光之低壓水銀燈、高壓水銀燈、超高壓水銀燈、碳弧燈、金屬鹵化物燈、氙燈、化學燈、無電極放電燈及發光二極體(LED)。 From the viewpoint of improving the adhesiveness between the dummy support and the photosensitive composition layer, the surface of the dummy support that is in contact with the photosensitive composition layer may be subjected to a surface modification treatment. Examples of the surface modification treatment include treatment using UV irradiation, corona discharge, and plasma. The exposure amount in UV irradiation is preferably 10 to 2000 mJ/cm 2 , more preferably 50 to 1000 mJ/cm 2 . As long as the exposure amount is within the above-mentioned range, the lamp output and the illuminance are not particularly limited. Examples of light sources for UV irradiation include low-pressure mercury lamps, high-pressure mercury lamps, ultra-high-pressure mercury lamps, carbon arc lamps, metal halide lamps, xenon lamps, chemical lamps, electrodeless discharge lamps, and luminescent lamps that emit light in the 150-450 nm wavelength band. Diodes (LEDs).

作為偽支撐體,例如可以舉出膜厚16μm的雙軸拉伸聚對酞酸乙二酯薄膜、膜厚12μm的雙軸拉伸聚對酞酸乙二酯薄膜及膜厚9μm的雙軸拉伸聚對酞酸乙二酯薄膜。 又,作為偽支撐體,例如還可以舉出日本特開2014-085643號公報的[0017]~[0018]段落、日本特開2016-027363號公報的[0019]~[0026]段落、國際公開第2012/081680號的[0041]~[0057]段落及國際公開第2018/179370號的[0029]~[0040]段落,該等內容被編入本說明書中。 作為偽支撐體的市售品,例如可以舉出註冊商標LUMIRROR 16KS40及註冊商標LUMIRROR 16FB40(以上為TORAY INDUSTRIES, INC.製造);Cosmoshine A4100、Cosmoshine A4300及Cosmoshine A8300(以上為Toyobo Co.,Ltd.製造)。 Examples of pseudo supports include biaxially stretched polyethylene terephthalate film with a thickness of 16 μm, biaxially stretched polyethylene terephthalate film with a thickness of 12 μm, and biaxially stretched polyethylene terephthalate film with a thickness of 9 μm. Stretched polyethylene terephthalate film. In addition, as the pseudo-support, for example, paragraphs [0017] to [0018] of JP-A 2014-085643, paragraphs [0019]-[0026] of JP-A 2016-027363, international publications Paragraphs [0041] to [0057] of No. 2012/081680 and paragraphs [0029] to [0040] of International Publication No. 2018/179370 are incorporated into this specification. Examples of commercially available pseudo-supports include registered trademark LUMIRROR 16KS40 and registered trademark LUMIRROR 16FB40 (the above are manufactured by TORAY INDUSTRIES, INC.); Cosmoshine A4100, Cosmoshine A4300, and Cosmoshine A8300 (the above are Toyobo Co., Ltd. manufacture).

[感光性組成物層] 轉印膜具有負型的感光性組成物層。 以下,按順序對感光性組成物層中所包含之各成分進行說明。另外,以下從作為本發明的特徵點之一的熱交聯劑開始進行說明。 [Photosensitive composition layer] The transfer film has a negative photosensitive composition layer. Hereinafter, each component contained in the photosensitive composition layer is demonstrated in order. In addition, below, it demonstrates starting from the thermal crosslinking agent which is one of the characteristic points of this invention.

(熱交聯劑) 感光性組成物層包含熱交聯劑。 作為熱交聯劑,可以舉出羥甲基化合物及封端異氰酸酯化合物。其中,從所得到之硬化膜的強度及所得到之未硬化膜的黏結性的觀點而言,封端異氰酸酯化合物為較佳。 封端異氰酸酯化合物與羥基及羧基進行反應,因此例如當樹脂及/或聚合性化合物等具有羥基及羧基中的至少一者時,所形成之膜的親水性下降,具有將使負型感光性組成物層硬化而成之膜用作保護膜時的功能增強之傾向。 另外,封端異氰酸酯化合物係指“具有用封端劑保護(所謂的遮蔽(mask))了異氰酸酯的異氰酸酯基之結構之化合物”。 (thermal crosslinking agent) The photosensitive composition layer contains a thermal crosslinking agent. Examples of the thermal crosslinking agent include methylol compounds and blocked isocyanate compounds. Among these, blocked isocyanate compounds are preferred from the viewpoint of the strength of the obtained cured film and the adhesiveness of the obtained uncured film. The blocked isocyanate compound reacts with the hydroxyl group and the carboxyl group. Therefore, for example, when the resin and/or polymerizable compound has at least one of the hydroxyl group and the carboxyl group, the hydrophilicity of the formed film will decrease, which will make the negative photosensitive composition The tendency to enhance the function when the film formed by hardening the material layer is used as a protective film. In addition, the blocked isocyanate compound means "a compound having a structure in which the isocyanate group of isocyanate is protected (so-called masked) with a blocking agent."

封端異氰酸酯化合物的解離溫度並不受特別限制,但100~160℃為較佳,130~150℃為更佳。 封端異氰酸酯的解離溫度係指“使用示差掃描熱量計並藉由DSC(Differential scanning calorimetry:示差掃描熱量法)分析測量時的伴隨封端異氰酸酯的脫保護反應之吸熱峰的溫度”。 作為示差掃描熱量計,例如能夠較佳地使用Seiko Instruments Inc.製造之示差掃描熱量計(型號:DSC6200)。但是,示差掃描熱量計並不限定於此。 The dissociation temperature of the blocked isocyanate compound is not particularly limited, but is preferably 100-160°C, more preferably 130-150°C. The dissociation temperature of blocked isocyanate means "the temperature of the endothermic peak accompanying the deprotection reaction of blocked isocyanate when it is analyzed and measured by DSC (Differential scanning calorimetry) using a differential scanning calorimeter." As the differential scanning calorimeter, for example, a differential scanning calorimeter manufactured by Seiko Instruments Inc. (model number: DSC6200) can be preferably used. However, the differential scanning calorimeter is not limited to this.

作為解離溫度為100~160℃的封端劑,可以舉出活性亞甲基化合物〔丙二酸二酯(丙二酸二甲酯、丙二酸二乙酯、丙二酸二正丁酯、丙二酸二2-乙基己酯等)〕、肟化合物(甲醛肟、乙醛肟、丙酮肟、甲基乙基酮肟及環己酮肟等在分子內具有-C(=N-OH)-所表示之結構之化合物)。 在該等之中,作為解離溫度為100~160℃的封端劑,例如從保存穩定性的觀點而言,選自肟化合物中之至少一種為較佳。 As an end-capping agent with a dissociation temperature of 100 to 160° C., active methylene compounds [malonate diesters (dimethyl malonate, diethyl malonate, di-n-butyl malonate, Di2-ethylhexyl malonate, etc.), oxime compounds (formaldoxime, acetaldehyde oxime, acetone oxime, methyl ethyl ketone oxime and cyclohexanone oxime, etc. have -C (=N-OH ) - the compound of the structure represented). Among them, as a blocking agent having a dissociation temperature of 100 to 160° C., for example, from the viewpoint of storage stability, at least one selected from oxime compounds is preferable.

例如,從改良膜的脆性、提高與被轉印體的密接力等觀點而言,封端異氰酸酯化合物具有異氰脲酸酯結構為較佳。 具有異氰脲酸酯結構之封端異氰酸酯化合物例如可藉由將六亞甲基二異氰酸酯進行異氰脲酸酯化以對其加以保護而得到。 在具有異氰脲酸酯結構之封端異氰酸酯化合物之中,從與不具有肟結構之化合物相比,更容易將解離溫度設在較佳的範圍,且容易減少顯影殘渣之觀點而言,具有將肟化合物用作封端劑之肟結構之化合物為較佳。 For example, it is preferable that the blocked isocyanate compound has an isocyanurate structure from the viewpoint of improving the brittleness of the film and improving the adhesive force with the transfer target. A blocked isocyanate compound having an isocyanurate structure can be obtained, for example, by isocyanurating and protecting hexamethylene diisocyanate. Among blocked isocyanate compounds having an isocyanurate structure, compared with compounds not having an oxime structure, it is easier to set the dissociation temperature in a preferable range, and it is easier to reduce developing residues. A compound having an oxime structure using an oxime compound as a blocking agent is preferred.

封端異氰酸酯化合物可以具有聚合性基。 作為聚合性基,並沒有特別限制,能夠使用公知的聚合性基,自由基聚合性基為較佳。 作為聚合性基,可以舉出(甲基)丙烯醯氧基、(甲基)丙烯醯胺基及苯乙烯基等乙烯性不飽和基以及縮水甘油基等具有環氧基之基團。 其中,作為聚合性基,乙烯性不飽和基為較佳,(甲基)丙烯醯氧基為更佳,丙烯醯氧基為進一步較佳。 The blocked isocyanate compound may have a polymerizable group. The polymerizable group is not particularly limited, and known polymerizable groups can be used, and radically polymerizable groups are preferred. Examples of the polymerizable group include ethylenically unsaturated groups such as a (meth)acryloxy group, a (meth)acrylamide group, and a styryl group, and groups having an epoxy group such as a glycidyl group. Among them, as the polymerizable group, an ethylenically unsaturated group is preferable, a (meth)acryloxy group is more preferable, and an acryloxy group is still more preferable.

作為封端異氰酸酯化合物,能夠使用市售品。 作為封端異氰酸酯化合物的市售品的例子,可以舉出Karenz(註冊商標)AOI-BM、Karenz(註冊商標)MOI-BM、Karenz(註冊商標)MOI-BP等(以上為SHOWA DENKO K.K.製造)、封端型的Duranate系列(例如,Duranate(註冊商標)TPA-B80E、Duranate(註冊商標)WT32-B75P、Duranate(註冊商標)SBB-70P等,ASAHI KASEI CORPORATION製造)。 又,作為封端異氰酸酯化合物,亦能夠使用下述結構的化合物。 As a blocked isocyanate compound, a commercial item can be used. Examples of commercially available blocked isocyanate compounds include Karenz (registered trademark) AOI-BM, Karenz (registered trademark) MOI-BM, Karenz (registered trademark) MOI-BP, etc. (the above are manufactured by SHOWA DENKO K.K.) , End-capped Duranate series (for example, Duranate (registered trademark) TPA-B80E, Duranate (registered trademark) WT32-B75P, Duranate (registered trademark) SBB-70P, etc., manufactured by ASAHI KASEI CORPORATION). Moreover, the compound of the following structures can also be used as a blocked isocyanate compound.

[化學式1]

Figure 02_image001
[chemical formula 1]
Figure 02_image001

熱交聯劑可以單獨使用一種,亦可以使用兩種以上。 感光性組成物層中的熱交聯劑的含量相對於感光性組成物層的總質量為0.01~10質量%為較佳,0.1~5質量%為更佳。 One type of thermal crosslinking agent may be used alone, or two or more types may be used. The content of the thermal crosslinking agent in the photosensitive composition layer is preferably 0.01 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 5% by mass, based on the total mass of the photosensitive composition layer.

(樹脂) 感光性組成物層可以包含樹脂。 感光性組成物層中所包含之樹脂可以舉出作為鹼可溶性樹脂的樹脂A。 從藉由抑制由顯影液引起之負型感光性組成物層的膨潤而解析性更優異的觀點而言,樹脂A的酸值為220mgKOH/g以下為較佳,未達200mgKOH/g為更佳,未達190mgKOH/g為進一步較佳。 樹脂A的酸值的下限並不受特別限制,但從顯影性更優異的觀點而言,120mgKOH/g以上為更佳,150mgKOH/g以上為進一步較佳,170mgKOH/g以上為特佳。 另外,酸值(mgKOH/g)係中和試樣1g所需要的氫氧化鉀的質量[mg]。酸值例如能夠由化合物中的酸基的平均含量算出。樹脂A的酸值利用構成樹脂A之構成單元的種類及後述之包含酸基之構成單元的含量來調整即可。 (resin) The photosensitive composition layer may contain resin. Resin A which is alkali-soluble resin is mentioned as resin contained in the photosensitive composition layer. From the standpoint of better resolution by suppressing the swelling of the negative photosensitive composition layer caused by the developer, the acid value of resin A is preferably 220 mgKOH/g or less, more preferably less than 200 mgKOH/g , less than 190 mgKOH/g is further preferred. The lower limit of the acid value of resin A is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of better developability, it is more preferably 120 mgKOH/g or more, further preferably 150 mgKOH/g or more, and particularly preferably 170 mgKOH/g or more. In addition, the acid value (mgKOH/g) refers to the mass [mg] of potassium hydroxide required to neutralize 1 g of the sample. The acid value can be calculated, for example, from the average content of acid groups in the compound. The acid value of resin A should just be adjusted by the kind of the structural unit which comprises resin A, and content of the structural unit containing an acid group mentioned later.

樹脂A的重量平均分子量並不受特別限制,5,000~500,000為較佳。當重量平均分子量為500,000以下時,從提高解析性及顯影性之觀點而言為較佳。重量平均分子量為100,000以下為更佳,60,000以下為進一步較佳。另一方面,當重量平均分子量為5,000以上時,從控制顯影凝聚物的性狀以及設為負型感光性樹脂積層體時的邊緣熔融性及切屑性等未曝光膜的性狀之觀點而言為較佳。重量平均分子量為10,000以上為更佳,20,000以上為進一步較佳,30,000以上為特佳。 邊緣熔融性係指將轉印膜作為負型感光性樹脂積層體而捲取為卷狀時負型感光性組成物層從卷的端面溢出之容易程度。切屑性係指用切刀切斷未曝光膜時切屑飛散之容易程度。若該切屑附著於負型感光性樹脂積層體的上表面等,則在其後的曝光步驟等中其轉印到遮罩而成為不良品的原因。 樹脂A的分散度為1.0~6.0為較佳,1.0~5.0為更佳,1.0~4.0為進一步較佳,1.0~3.0為特佳。在本揭示中,分散度係重量平均分子量相對於數量平均分子量之比(重量平均分子量/數量平均分子量)。 在本揭示中,重量平均分子量及數量平均分子量係使用凝膠滲透層析測量之值。 The weight average molecular weight of the resin A is not particularly limited, and is preferably 5,000-500,000. When the weight average molecular weight is 500,000 or less, it is preferable from the viewpoint of improving resolution and developability. The weight average molecular weight is more preferably at most 100,000, further preferably at most 60,000. On the other hand, when the weight average molecular weight is 5,000 or more, it is comparatively advantageous from the viewpoint of controlling the properties of the developed aggregate and the properties of the unexposed film such as edge melting and chipping properties when it is set as a negative photosensitive resin laminate. good. The weight average molecular weight is more preferably at least 10,000, further preferably at least 20,000, and particularly preferably at least 30,000. The edge melting property refers to the ease with which the negative photosensitive composition layer protrudes from the end surface of the roll when the transfer film is wound up in a roll shape as a negative photosensitive resin laminate. The chipping property refers to the ease of scattering of chips when the unexposed film is cut with a cutter. If this swarf adheres to the upper surface and the like of the negative photosensitive resin laminate, it will be transferred to the mask in the subsequent exposure step and the like to cause a defective product. The degree of dispersion of the resin A is preferably from 1.0 to 6.0, more preferably from 1.0 to 5.0, still more preferably from 1.0 to 4.0, and particularly preferably from 1.0 to 3.0. In the present disclosure, dispersity is the ratio of weight average molecular weight to number average molecular weight (weight average molecular weight/number average molecular weight). In the present disclosure, weight average molecular weight and number average molecular weight are values measured using gel permeation chromatography.

樹脂A的玻璃轉移溫度Tg為30~135℃為較佳。藉由使用具有135℃以下的Tg之樹脂A,能夠抑制曝光時焦點位置偏移時的線寬粗細或解析度的惡化。從該觀點而言,鹼可溶性聚合物的Tg為130℃以下為更佳,120℃以下為進一步較佳,110℃以下為特佳。又,從提高耐邊緣熔融性之觀點而言,使用具有30℃以上的Tg之樹脂A為較佳。從該觀點而言,樹脂A的Tg為40℃以上為更佳,50℃以上為進一步較佳,60℃以上為特佳,70℃以上為最佳。It is preferable that the glass transition temperature Tg of resin A is 30-135 degreeC. By using the resin A which has Tg of 135 degreeC or less, deterioration of the line width thickness and resolution at the time of focus position shift at the time of exposure can be suppressed. From this viewpoint, the Tg of the alkali-soluble polymer is more preferably 130°C or lower, further preferably 120°C or lower, and particularly preferably 110°C or lower. Moreover, it is preferable to use the resin A which has Tg of 30 degreeC or more from a viewpoint of edge melting resistance improvement. From this viewpoint, the Tg of the resin A is more preferably 40°C or higher, still more preferably 50°C or higher, particularly preferably 60°C or higher, most preferably 70°C or higher.

-來自於具有芳香族烴基之單體之構成單元- 又,從抑制曝光時焦點位置偏移時的線寬粗細或解析度的惡化之觀點而言,樹脂A包含來自於具有芳香族烴基之單體之構成單元為較佳。另外,作為這種芳香族烴基,例如可以舉出經取代或未經取代之苯基及經取代或未經取代之芳烷基。 樹脂A中的來自於具有芳香族烴基之單體之構成單元的含量相對於樹脂A的所有構成單元為20質量%以上為較佳,30質量%以上為更佳。作為上限,並不受特別限定,但95質量%以下為較佳,85質量%以下為更佳。另外,當包含複數種樹脂A時,來自於具有芳香族烴基之單體之構成單元的含量的平均值在上述範圍內為較佳。 -Constituent unit derived from a monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group- Also, from the viewpoint of suppressing deterioration of line width and resolution when the focal position shifts during exposure, it is preferable that the resin A contains a structural unit derived from a monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group. Moreover, as such an aromatic hydrocarbon group, a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group and a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group are mentioned, for example. The content of the structural unit derived from the monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group in the resin A is preferably 20% by mass or more, more preferably 30% by mass or more, based on all the structural units of the resin A. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably at most 95% by mass, more preferably at most 85% by mass. Moreover, when plural types of resin A are contained, it is preferable that the average value of content of the structural unit derived from the monomer which has an aromatic hydrocarbon group exists in the said range.

作為具有芳香族烴基之單體,例如可以舉出具有芳烷基之單體、苯乙烯及能夠聚合之苯乙烯衍生物(例如,甲基苯乙烯、乙烯基甲苯、三級丁氧基苯乙烯、乙醯氧基苯乙烯、苯乙烯二聚物及苯乙烯三聚物等)。其中,具有芳烷基之單體或苯乙烯為較佳。 當具有芳香族烴基之單體為苯乙烯時,來自於苯乙烯之構成單元的含量相對於樹脂A的所有構成單元為10~70質量%為較佳,15~65質量%為更佳,20~60質量%為進一步較佳,25~55質量%為特佳。另外,當感光性組成物層包含複數種鹼可溶性聚合物時,來自於具有芳香族烴基之單體之構成單元的含有率作為重量平均值而求出。 As monomers having an aromatic hydrocarbon group, for example, monomers having an aralkyl group, styrene and polymerizable styrene derivatives (for example, methylstyrene, vinyltoluene, tertiary butoxystyrene , Acetyloxystyrene, styrene dimer and styrene trimer, etc.). Among them, monomers having aralkyl groups or styrene are preferred. When the monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group is styrene, the content of the structural units derived from styrene is preferably 10 to 70% by mass, more preferably 15 to 65% by mass, and 20% to all the structural units of resin A. -60 mass % is more preferable, and 25-55 mass % is especially preferable. Moreover, when the photosensitive composition layer contains several types of alkali-soluble polymers, the content rate of the structural unit derived from the monomer which has an aromatic hydrocarbon group was calculated|required as a weight average.

作為芳烷基,可以舉出可以具有取代基之苯基烷基,可以具有取代基之苄基為較佳。Examples of the aralkyl group include a phenylalkyl group which may have a substituent, and a benzyl group which may have a substituent is preferred.

作為含有可以具有取代基之苯基烷基之單體,可以舉出(甲基)丙烯酸苯基乙酯等。Examples of the monomer containing a phenylalkyl group which may have a substituent include phenylethyl (meth)acrylate and the like.

作為含有可以具有取代基之苄基之單體,例如可以舉出(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯及(甲基)丙烯酸氯苄酯等具有苄基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯;乙烯基苄基氯及乙烯基苄醇等具有苄基之乙烯基單體,具有苄基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯為較佳,(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯為更佳。 當具有芳香族烴基之單體為(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯時,來自於(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯之構成單元的含量相對於樹脂A的所有構成單元為10~90質量%為較佳,15~85質量%為更佳。 Examples of monomers containing benzyl groups which may have substituents include benzyl (meth)acrylates such as benzyl (meth)acrylate and benzyl chloride (meth)acrylate; vinylbenzyl chloride; Vinyl monomers having a benzyl group, such as vinyl benzyl alcohol, are preferably (meth)acrylates having a benzyl group, and more preferably benzyl (meth)acrylate. When the monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group is benzyl (meth)acrylate, the content of the constituent units derived from benzyl (meth)acrylate is preferably 10 to 90% by mass relative to all the constituent units of the resin A, 15 to 85% by mass is more preferable.

-來自於具有羧基之單體之構成單元- 樹脂A可以具有來自於具有羧基之單體之構成單元。 作為具有羧基之單體,例如可以舉出(甲基)丙烯酸、反丁烯二酸、桂皮酸、巴豆酸、衣康酸、4-乙烯基苯甲酸、順丁烯二酸酐及順丁烯二酸半酯。在該等之中,(甲基)丙烯酸為較佳。 樹脂A中的來自於具有羧基之單體之構成單元的含量相對於樹脂A的所有構成單元為5~50質量%為較佳,10~40質量%為更佳,15~30質量%為進一步較佳。 從顯現良好的顯影性之觀點、控制邊緣熔融性等之觀點而言,將上述含量設為5質量%以上為較佳。從光阻圖案的高解析性及捲邊形狀的觀點而言,進一步從光阻圖案的耐藥品性的觀點而言,將上述含量設為50質量%以下為較佳。 -Constituent unit derived from a monomer having a carboxyl group- Resin A may have a structural unit derived from a monomer having a carboxyl group. Examples of monomers having carboxyl groups include (meth)acrylic acid, fumaric acid, cinnamic acid, crotonic acid, itaconic acid, 4-vinylbenzoic acid, maleic anhydride, and maleic acid. Acid half ester. Among these, (meth)acrylic acid is preferable. The content of the structural unit derived from a monomer having a carboxyl group in the resin A is preferably 5 to 50% by mass, more preferably 10 to 40% by mass, and still more preferably 15 to 30% by mass, relative to all the structural units of the resin A. better. From the viewpoint of expressing favorable developability, controlling edge melting properties, etc., it is preferable to make the said content into 5 mass % or more. From the viewpoint of the high resolution of the photoresist pattern and the bead shape, and further from the viewpoint of the chemical resistance of the photoresist pattern, the above-mentioned content is preferably 50% by mass or less.

-非酸性的構成單元- 樹脂A可以包含來自於非酸性且在分子中具有至少1個聚合性不飽和基之單體之非酸性的構成單元。 作為上述單體(非酸性的單體),例如可以舉出(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸三級丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸環己酯及(甲基)丙烯酸2-乙基己酯等(甲基)丙烯酸酯類;乙酸乙烯酯等乙烯醇的酯類;以及(甲基)丙烯腈等。其中,(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-乙基己酯或(甲基)丙烯酸正丁酯為較佳,(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯為更佳。 樹脂A中的來自於非酸性的單體之構成單元的含量相對於樹脂A的所有構成單元為1~60質量%為較佳,2~50質量%為更佳,2~40質量%為進一步較佳。 -Non-acidic constituent unit- Resin A may contain a non-acidic structural unit derived from a non-acidic monomer having at least one polymerizable unsaturated group in the molecule. Examples of the aforementioned monomers (non-acidic monomers) include methyl (meth)acrylate, ethyl (meth)acrylate, n-propyl (meth)acrylate, isopropyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylate n-butyl, (meth)acrylate isobutyl, (meth)acrylate tertiary butyl, (meth)acrylate 2-hydroxyethyl, (meth)acrylate 2-hydroxypropyl, (Meth)acrylates such as cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate and 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate; esters of vinyl alcohol such as vinyl acetate; (meth)acrylonitrile, etc. Among them, methyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, or n-butyl (meth)acrylate is preferable, and methyl (meth)acrylate is more preferable. The content of the structural units derived from non-acidic monomers in the resin A is preferably 1 to 60% by mass, more preferably 2 to 50% by mass, and still more preferably 2 to 40% by mass, based on all the structural units of the resin A. better.

樹脂A可以在側鏈中具有直鏈結構、分支結構及脂環結構中的任一種。 在本說明書中,“主鏈”表示構成樹脂之高分子化合物的分子中相對最長的鍵結鏈,“側鏈”表示從主鏈分支之原子團。 藉由使用包含在側鏈中具有分支結構之基之單體或包含在側鏈中具有脂環結構之基之單體,能夠將分支結構或脂環結構導入到鹼可溶性聚合物的側鏈中。具有脂環結構之基可以為單環或多環。 作為包含在側鏈中具有分支結構之基之單體的具體例,例如可以舉出(甲基)丙烯酸異丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸二級丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸三級丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸三級戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸二級戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3-辛酯及(甲基)丙烯酸三級辛酯等。在該等之中,(甲基)丙烯酸異丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丁酯或甲基丙烯酸三級丁酯為較佳,甲基丙烯酸異丙酯或甲基丙烯酸三級丁酯為更佳。 作為包含在側鏈中具有脂環結構之基之單體的具體例,可以舉出具有單環的脂肪族烴基之單體及具有多環的脂肪族烴基之單體。又,可以舉出具有碳原子數5~20個的脂環式烴基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯。作為更具體的例子,可以舉出(甲基)丙烯酸(雙環[2.2.1]庚基-2)酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-1-金剛烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-2-金剛烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-3-甲基-1-金剛烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-3,5-二甲基-1-金剛烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-3-乙基金剛烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-3-甲基-5-乙基-1-金剛烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-3,5,8-三乙基-1-金剛烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-3,5-二甲基-8-乙基-1-金剛烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-甲基-2-金剛烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-乙基-2-金剛烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3-羥基-1-金剛烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸八氫-4,7-甲橋茚(methanoinden)-5-基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸八氫-4,7-甲橋茚-1-基甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-1-薄荷腦基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸三環癸烷、(甲基)丙烯酸-3-羥基-2,6,6-三甲基-雙環[3.1.1]庚酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-3,7,7-三甲基-4-羥基-雙環[4.1.0]庚酯、(甲基)丙烯酸(降)莰基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異莰基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸葑酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-2,2,5-三甲基環己酯及(甲基)丙烯酸環己酯等。在該等(甲基)丙烯酸酯之中,(甲基)丙烯酸環己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸(降)莰基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異莰基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-1-金剛烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-2-金剛烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸葑酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-1-薄荷腦基酯或(甲基)丙烯酸三環癸烷為較佳,(甲基)丙烯酸環己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸(降)莰基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異莰基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-2-金剛烷基酯或(甲基)丙烯酸三環癸烷為更佳。 Resin A may have any of a linear structure, a branched structure, and an alicyclic structure in a side chain. In this specification, "main chain" means the relatively longest bonding chain in the molecule of the polymer compound constituting the resin, and "side chain" means an atomic group branched from the main chain. By using a monomer containing a group having a branched structure in the side chain or a monomer containing a group having an alicyclic structure in the side chain, a branched structure or an alicyclic structure can be introduced into the side chain of the alkali-soluble polymer . The group having an alicyclic structure may be monocyclic or polycyclic. Specific examples of monomers containing a group having a branched structure in the side chain include isopropyl (meth)acrylate, isobutyl (meth)acrylate, secondary butyl (meth)acrylate, Tertiary butyl (meth)acrylate, isopentyl (meth)acrylate, tertiary pentyl (meth)acrylate, secondary pentyl (meth)acrylate, 2-octyl (meth)acrylate, ( 3-octyl methacrylate and tertiary octyl (meth)acrylate, etc. Among them, isopropyl (meth)acrylate, isobutyl (meth)acrylate or tertiary butyl methacrylate are preferred, and isopropyl methacrylate or tertiary butyl methacrylate is better. Specific examples of the monomer containing a group having an alicyclic structure in the side chain include a monomer having a monocyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group and a monomer having a polycyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group. Moreover, (meth)acrylate which has an alicyclic hydrocarbon group with 5-20 carbon atoms is mentioned. As more specific examples, (meth)acrylate (bicyclo[2.2.1]heptyl-2)ester, (meth)acrylate-1-adamantyl ester, (meth)acrylate-2-adamantyl Alkyl ester, 3-methyl-1-adamantyl (meth)acrylate, 3,5-dimethyl-1-adamantyl (meth)acrylate, 3-(meth)acrylate -Ethyl adamantyl ester, (meth)acrylate-3-methyl-5-ethyl-1-adamantyl ester, (meth)acrylate-3,5,8-triethyl-1-adamantyl ester Alkyl esters, 3,5-dimethyl-8-ethyl-1-adamantyl (meth)acrylate, 2-methyl-2-adamantyl (meth)acrylate, (methyl ) 2-ethyl-2-adamantyl acrylate, 3-hydroxy-1-adamantyl (meth)acrylate, octahydro-4,7-methanoinden-5 (meth)acrylate -yl ester, octahydro-4,7-inden-1-ylmethyl (meth)acrylate, 1-menthol (meth)acrylate, tricyclodecane (meth)acrylate, ( Meth)acrylic acid-3-hydroxy-2,6,6-trimethyl-bicyclo[3.1.1]heptyl ester, (meth)acrylic acid-3,7,7-trimethyl-4-hydroxy-bicyclo[ 4.1.0] Heptyl ester, (nor)bornyl (meth)acrylate, isobornyl (meth)acrylate, fenzyl (meth)acrylate, 2,2,5-tris(meth)acrylate Methyl cyclohexyl ester and cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, etc. Among these (meth)acrylates, cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, (nor)bornyl (meth)acrylate, isobornyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylate-1 - adamantyl ester, 2-adamantyl (meth)acrylate, fenzyl (meth)acrylate, 1-menthol (meth)acrylate or tricyclodecane (meth)acrylate as Preferably, cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, (nor)bornyl (meth)acrylate, isobornyl (meth)acrylate, 2-adamantyl (meth)acrylate or (methyl) ) tricyclodecane acrylate is more preferred.

-具有聚合性基之構成單元- 樹脂A可以具有聚合性基,亦可以含有具有聚合性基之構成單元。 作為聚合性基,自由基聚合性基為較佳,乙烯性不飽和基為更佳。又,當樹脂A具有乙烯性不飽和基時,樹脂A含有在側鏈中具有乙烯性不飽和基之構成單元為較佳。 作為乙烯性不飽和基,烯丙基或(甲基)丙烯醯氧基為更佳。 -Constituent unit having a polymerizable group- Resin A may have a polymeric group, and may contain the structural unit which has a polymeric group. As the polymerizable group, a radical polymerizable group is preferable, and an ethylenically unsaturated group is more preferable. Moreover, when resin A has an ethylenically unsaturated group, it is preferable that resin A contains the structural unit which has an ethylenically unsaturated group in a side chain. As the ethylenically unsaturated group, an allyl group or a (meth)acryloxy group is more preferable.

作為具有聚合性基之構成單元,式(P)所表示之構成單元為較佳。As a structural unit having a polymerizable group, a structural unit represented by formula (P) is preferable.

[化學式2]

Figure 02_image003
[chemical formula 2]
Figure 02_image003

式(P)中,R P表示氫原子或甲基。L P表示2價的連結基。P表示聚合性基。 In the formula (P), R P represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. LP represents a divalent linking group. P represents a polymerizable group.

R P表示氫原子或甲基。 作為R P,氫原子為較佳。 R P represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. As R P , a hydrogen atom is preferable.

L P表示2價的連結基。 作為上述2價的連結基,例如可以舉出-CO-、-O-、-S-、-SO-、-SO 2-、-NR N-、2價的烴基及將該等組合而成之2價的基。R N表示取代基。 作為上述烴基,例如可以舉出伸烷基、伸環烷基及伸芳基。 上述伸烷基可以為直鏈狀及支鏈狀中的任一種。上述伸烷基的碳數為1~10為較佳,2~8為更佳,3~5為進一步較佳。上述伸烷基可以具有雜原子,上述伸烷基中的亞甲基可以被雜原子取代。作為上述雜原子,氧原子、硫原子或氮原子為較佳,氧原子為更佳。 上述伸環烷基可以為單環及多環中的任一種。上述伸環烷基的碳數為3~20為較佳,5~10為更佳,6~8為進一步較佳。 上述伸芳基可以為單環及多環中的任一種。上述伸芳基的碳數為6~20為較佳,6~15為更佳,6~10為進一步較佳。作為上述伸芳基,伸苯基為較佳。 上述伸環烷基及上述伸芳基可以具有雜原子作為環員原子。作為上述雜原子,氧原子、硫原子或氮原子為較佳,氧原子為更佳。 上述烴基可以進一步具有取代基。 作為上述取代基,例如可以舉出鹵素原子(例如,氟原子等)、羥基、硝基、氰基、烷基、烷氧基、烷氧基羰基及烯基,羥基為較佳。 作為L P,可以具有雜原子之伸烷基為較佳。 LP represents a divalent linking group. Examples of the divalent linking group include -CO-, -O-, -S-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, -NR N -, divalent hydrocarbon groups, and combinations thereof. 2-valent base. R N represents a substituent. As said hydrocarbon group, an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, and an arylylene group are mentioned, for example. The above-mentioned alkylene group may be either linear or branched. The number of carbon atoms in the alkylene group is preferably 1-10, more preferably 2-8, and still more preferably 3-5. The above-mentioned alkylene group may have a heteroatom, and the methylene group in the above-mentioned alkylene group may be substituted with a heteroatom. As the above-mentioned hetero atom, an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom or a nitrogen atom is preferable, and an oxygen atom is more preferable. The above-mentioned cycloalkylene group may be either monocyclic or polycyclic. The number of carbon atoms in the cycloalkylene group is preferably from 3 to 20, more preferably from 5 to 10, and still more preferably from 6 to 8. The aforementioned aryl group may be either monocyclic or polycyclic. The number of carbon atoms in the arylylene group is preferably from 6 to 20, more preferably from 6 to 15, and still more preferably from 6 to 10. A phenylene group is preferable as the above-mentioned arylylene group. The above-mentioned cycloalkylene group and the above-mentioned arylylene group may have a hetero atom as a ring member atom. As the above-mentioned hetero atom, an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom or a nitrogen atom is preferable, and an oxygen atom is more preferable. The above-mentioned hydrocarbon group may further have a substituent. Examples of the above-mentioned substituents include halogen atoms (for example, fluorine atoms, etc.), hydroxyl groups, nitro groups, cyano groups, alkyl groups, alkoxy groups, alkoxycarbonyl groups, and alkenyl groups, with hydroxyl groups being preferred. As L P , an alkylene group which may have a heteroatom is preferable.

P表示聚合性基。 上述聚合性基如上所述。 P represents a polymerizable group. The aforementioned polymerizable group is as described above.

作為具有聚合性基之構成單元的一例,可以舉出下述所示者,但並不限定於該等。As an example of the structural unit which has a polymeric group, what is shown below is mentioned, However, It is not limited to these.

[化學式3]

Figure 02_image005
[chemical formula 3]
Figure 02_image005

上述構成單元中,Rx表示氫原子或甲基。又,上述構成單元中,Ry表示氫原子或甲基。In the above constituent units, Rx represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. In addition, in the above structural units, Ry represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.

樹脂A可以單獨包含一種具有聚合性基之構成單元,亦可以包含兩種以上。 當樹脂A含有具有聚合性基之構成單元時,從本發明的效果更優異的觀點而言,具有聚合性基之構成單元的含量相對於樹脂A的所有構成單元為5~70質量%為較佳,10~50質量%為更佳,20~40質量%為進一步較佳。 又,從本發明的效果更優異的觀點而言,樹脂A中的具有聚合性基之構成單元的含量相對於樹脂A的所有構成單元為5~70莫耳%為較佳,10~60莫耳%為更佳,20~50莫耳%為進一步較佳。 Resin A may contain one type of structural unit having a polymerizable group alone, or may contain two or more types. When the resin A contains a structural unit having a polymerizable group, from the viewpoint that the effects of the present invention are more excellent, the content of the structural unit having a polymerizable group relative to all the structural units of the resin A is preferably 5 to 70% by mass. Preferably, 10-50 mass % is more preferable, 20-40 mass % is still more preferable. Also, from the viewpoint of more excellent effect of the present invention, the content of the structural unit having a polymerizable group in the resin A is preferably 5 to 70 mol %, 10 to 60 mol % with respect to all the structural units of the resin A. Mole% is more preferable, and 20-50 mole% is still more preferable.

作為將聚合性基導入到樹脂A中之方法,可以舉出如下方法:使環氧化合物、封端異氰酸酯化合物、異氰酸酯化合物、乙烯基碸化合物、醛化合物、羥甲基化合物及羧酸酐等化合物與羥基、羧基、一級胺基、二級胺基、乙醯乙醯基(acetoacetyl group)及磺基等官能基進行反應。 作為將聚合性基導入到樹脂A中之方法的較佳例,可以舉出如下方法:藉由聚合反應合成具有羧基之聚合物之後,藉由高分子反應使(甲基)丙烯酸縮水甘油酯等具有環氧基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯與所得到之聚合物的羧基的一部分進行反應而將(甲基)丙烯醯氧基導入到聚合物中。作為另一方法,可以舉出如下方法:藉由聚合反應合成具有羥基之聚合物之後,藉由高分子反應使具有異氰酸酯基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯與所得到之聚合物的羥基的一部分進行反應而將(甲基)丙烯醯氧基導入到聚合物中。 藉由該方法,能夠得到在側鏈中具有(甲基)丙烯醯氧基之樹脂A。 上述聚合反應在70~100℃的溫度條件下進行為較佳,在80~90℃的溫度條件下進行為更佳。作為用於上述聚合反應之聚合起始劑,偶氮系起始劑為較佳,例如FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation製造之V-601(商品名)或V-65(商品名)為更佳。上述高分子反應在80~110℃的溫度條件下進行為較佳。在上述高分子反應中,使用銨鹽等觸媒為較佳。 As a method for introducing a polymerizable group into the resin A, there may be mentioned a method in which compounds such as epoxy compounds, blocked isocyanate compounds, isocyanate compounds, vinylidene compounds, aldehyde compounds, methylol compounds, and carboxylic anhydrides are mixed with Functional groups such as hydroxyl group, carboxyl group, primary amino group, secondary amino group, acetoacetyl group and sulfo group can be reacted. As a preferable example of the method of introducing a polymerizable group into the resin A, the following method can be mentioned: after synthesizing a polymer having a carboxyl group by a polymerization reaction, making glycidyl (meth)acrylate, etc. The (meth)acrylate having an epoxy group reacts with a part of the carboxyl groups of the obtained polymer to introduce a (meth)acryloxy group into the polymer. As another method, the following method can be mentioned: After synthesizing a polymer having a hydroxyl group by a polymerization reaction, the (meth)acrylate having an isocyanate group is reacted with a part of the hydroxyl group of the obtained polymer by a polymer reaction. reaction to introduce (meth)acryloyloxy groups into the polymer. By this method, the resin A which has a (meth)acryloxy group in a side chain can be obtained. The above polymerization reaction is preferably carried out at a temperature of 70-100°C, more preferably at a temperature of 80-90°C. As the polymerization initiator used in the above-mentioned polymerization reaction, an azo initiator is preferable, for example, V-601 (trade name) or V-65 (trade name) manufactured by FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation is more preferable. The above polymer reaction is preferably carried out at a temperature of 80-110°C. In the above polymer reaction, it is better to use catalysts such as ammonium salts.

樹脂A可以單獨使用一種,亦可以使用兩種以上。 當使用兩種以上時,混合使用兩種包含來自於具有芳香族烴基之單體之構成單元之樹脂A或者混合使用包含來自於具有芳香族烴基之單體之構成單元之樹脂A和不包含來自於具有芳香族烴基之單體之構成單元之樹脂A為較佳。在後者的情況下,包含來自於具有芳香族烴基之單體之構成單元之樹脂A的使用比例相對於樹脂A的總質量為50質量%以上為較佳,70質量%以上為更佳,80質量%以上為進一步較佳,90質量%以上為特佳。 Resin A may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types. When two or more are used, two resins A containing constituent units derived from monomers having aromatic hydrocarbon groups are used in combination, or resin A containing constituent units derived from monomers having aromatic hydrocarbon groups is used in combination with resin A not containing constituent units derived from Resin A which is a constituent unit of a monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group is preferable. In the latter case, the proportion of resin A containing constituent units derived from monomers having an aromatic hydrocarbon group is preferably 50% by mass or more, more preferably 70% by mass or more, and 80% by mass relative to the total mass of resin A. It is more preferable that it is more than mass %, and it is especially preferable that it is more than 90 mass %.

樹脂A的合成能夠藉由使用過氧化物系聚合起始劑(例如,過氧化苯甲醯)及偶氮系聚合起始劑(例如,偶氮二異丁腈)等自由基聚合起始劑使上述單個或複數個單體聚合而進行。Resin A can be synthesized by using free radical polymerization initiators such as peroxide-based polymerization initiators (for example, benzoyl peroxide) and azo-based polymerization initiators (for example, azobisisobutyronitrile). It is performed by polymerizing the above-mentioned single or plural monomers.

樹脂A的含量相對於感光性組成物層的總質量為10~90質量%為較佳,20~80質量%為更佳,30~70質量%為進一步較佳,40~60質量%為特佳。從控制顯影時間之觀點而言,將樹脂A的含量設為90質量%以下為較佳。另一方面,從提高耐邊緣熔融性之觀點而言,將樹脂A的含量設為10質量%以上為較佳。The content of the resin A is preferably 10 to 90% by mass, more preferably 20 to 80% by mass, still more preferably 30 to 70% by mass, particularly preferably 40 to 60% by mass, based on the total mass of the photosensitive composition layer. good. It is preferable to make content of resin A into 90 mass % or less from a viewpoint of developing time control. On the other hand, it is preferable to make content of resin A into 10 mass % or more from a viewpoint of edge melting resistance improvement.

感光性組成物層可以包含除上述的樹脂A以外的其他樹脂。 作為其他樹脂,可以舉出丙烯酸樹脂、苯乙烯-丙烯酸系共聚物、聚胺酯樹脂、聚乙烯醇、聚乙烯甲醛、聚酯樹脂、環氧樹脂、聚縮醛樹脂、聚苯并口咢唑樹脂、聚矽氧烷樹脂、聚乙亞胺、聚烯丙基胺及聚伸烷基二醇。 The photosensitive composition layer may contain other resins than the above-mentioned resin A. Examples of other resins include acrylic resins, styrene-acrylic copolymers, polyurethane resins, polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinyl formaldehyde, polyester resins, epoxy resins, polyacetal resins, polybenzoxazole resins, poly Silicone resins, polyethyleneimines, polyallylamines and polyalkylene glycols.

(聚合性化合物) 感光性組成物層可以包含具有聚合性基之聚合性化合物。作為聚合性化合物,乙烯性不飽和化合物為較佳。 另外,在本說明書中,“聚合性化合物”係指接受後述之聚合起始劑的作用而聚合之與上述樹脂A不同的化合物。 (polymeric compound) The photosensitive composition layer may contain a polymerizable compound having a polymerizable group. As a polymeric compound, an ethylenically unsaturated compound is preferable. In addition, in this specification, a "polymerizable compound" means the compound different from the said resin A which polymerizes by the action of the polymerization initiator mentioned later.

作為聚合性化合物所具有之聚合性基,只要為參與聚合反應之基即可,例如可以舉出乙烯基、丙烯醯基、甲基丙烯醯基、苯乙烯基及順丁烯二醯亞胺基等具有乙烯性不飽和基之基;環氧基及氧環丁烷基等具有陽離子性聚合性基之基,具有乙烯性不飽和基之基為較佳,丙烯醯基或甲基丙烯醯基為更佳。The polymerizable group possessed by the polymerizable compound may be any group as long as it participates in the polymerization reaction, and examples thereof include vinyl, acryl, methacryl, styryl, and maleimide groups. Groups with ethylenically unsaturated groups such as epoxy groups and oxetanyl groups with cationic polymerizable groups, preferably groups with ethylenically unsaturated groups, acryl or methacryl groups for better.

作為乙烯性不飽和化合物所具有之乙烯性不飽和基,可以舉出乙烯基、丙烯醯基、甲基丙烯醯基、苯乙烯基及順丁烯二醯亞胺基等。作為乙烯性不飽和基,丙烯醯基或甲基丙烯醯基為較佳。 作為除乙烯性不飽和化合物以外的聚合性化合物所具有之聚合性基,只要為參與聚合反應之基,則不受特別限制,例如可以舉出環氧基及氧環丁烷基等具有陽離子性聚合性基之基。 以下,對乙烯性不飽和化合物進行說明。 As the ethylenically unsaturated group which the ethylenically unsaturated compound has, a vinyl group, an acryl group, a methacryl group, a styryl group, a maleimide group, etc. are mentioned. As the ethylenically unsaturated group, an acryl group or a methacryl group is preferable. The polymerizable group possessed by the polymerizable compound other than the ethylenically unsaturated compound is not particularly limited as long as it participates in the polymerization reaction. The base of the polymeric base. Hereinafter, ethylenically unsaturated compounds will be described.

從感光性更優異的觀點而言,乙烯性不飽和化合物為在一個分子中具有2個以上的乙烯性不飽和基之化合物(多官能乙烯性不飽和化合物)為較佳。 又,從解析性及剝離性更優異的觀點而言,乙烯性不飽和化合物在一個分子中所具有之乙烯性不飽和基的數量為6個以下為較佳,3個以下為更佳,2個以下為進一步較佳。 The ethylenically unsaturated compound is preferably a compound (polyfunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound) having two or more ethylenically unsaturated groups in one molecule from the viewpoint of better photosensitivity. Also, from the standpoint of better resolving properties and exfoliation properties, the number of ethylenically unsaturated groups in one molecule of the ethylenically unsaturated compound is preferably 6 or less, more preferably 3 or less, and 2 or less. Less than one is further preferred.

從感光性組成物層的感光性與解析性及剝離性的平衡更優異的觀點而言,包含在一個分子中具有2個或3個乙烯性不飽和基之2官能或3官能乙烯性不飽和化合物為較佳,包含在一個分子中具有2個乙烯性不飽和基之2官能乙烯性不飽和化合物為更佳。 從剝離性優異的觀點而言,2官能乙烯性不飽和化合物相對於聚合性化合物的總質量的含量為20質量%以上為較佳,超過40質量%為更佳,55質量%以上為進一步較佳。上限並不受特別限制,可以為100質量%。亦即,聚合性化合物可以全部為2官能乙烯性不飽和化合物。 又,作為乙烯性不飽和化合物,具有(甲基)丙烯醯基作為聚合性基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物為較佳。 From the standpoint of a better balance between photosensitivity, resolving power, and peelability of the photosensitive composition layer, bifunctional or trifunctional ethylenically unsaturated groups having 2 or 3 ethylenically unsaturated groups in one molecule Compounds are preferred, and bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compounds containing two ethylenically unsaturated groups in one molecule are more preferred. From the viewpoint of excellent releasability, the content of the bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound relative to the total mass of the polymerizable compound is preferably 20% by mass or more, more preferably more than 40% by mass, and still more preferably 55% by mass or more. good. The upper limit is not particularly limited, and may be 100% by mass. That is, all polymerizable compounds may be bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compounds. Also, as the ethylenically unsaturated compound, a (meth)acrylate compound having a (meth)acryl group as a polymerizable group is preferable.

-聚合性化合物B1- 感光性組成物層包含具有芳香環及2個乙烯性不飽和基之聚合性化合物B1作為聚合性化合物亦為較佳。 -polymerizable compound B1- It is also preferable that the photosensitive composition layer contains the polymerizable compound B1 which has an aromatic ring and 2 ethylenically unsaturated groups as a polymerizable compound.

在感光性組成物層中,從解析性更優異的觀點而言,聚合性化合物B1的含量相對於聚合性化合物的總質量的質量比為40質量%以上為較佳,50質量%以上為更佳,55質量%以上為進一步較佳,60質量%以上為特佳。上限並不受特別限制,但從剝離性的觀點而言,例如為100質量%以下,99質量%以下為較佳,95質量%以下為更佳,90質量%以下為進一步較佳,85質量%以下為特佳。In the photosensitive composition layer, from the viewpoint of better resolution, the mass ratio of the content of the polymerizable compound B1 to the total mass of the polymerizable compound is preferably 40% by mass or more, more preferably 50% by mass or more. Preferably, 55% by mass or more is more preferred, and 60% by mass or more is particularly preferred. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of releasability, for example, it is 100% by mass or less, preferably 99% by mass or less, more preferably 95% by mass or less, further preferably 90% by mass or less, and 85% by mass or less. Below % is especially good.

作為聚合性化合物B1所具有之芳香環,例如可以舉出苯環、萘環、蒽環等芳香族烴環、噻吩環、呋喃環、吡咯環、咪唑環、三唑環、吡啶環等芳香族雜環以及該等的縮合環,芳香族烴環為較佳,苯環為更佳。另外,上述芳香環可以具有取代基。 聚合性化合物B1可以僅具有1個芳香環,亦可以具有2個以上的芳香環。 Examples of the aromatic ring possessed by the polymerizable compound B1 include aromatic hydrocarbon rings such as benzene rings, naphthalene rings, and anthracene rings, aromatic rings such as thiophene rings, furan rings, pyrrole rings, imidazole rings, triazole rings, and pyridine rings. As the heterocyclic ring and such condensed rings, an aromatic hydrocarbon ring is preferable, and a benzene ring is more preferable. In addition, the above-mentioned aromatic ring may have a substituent. The polymerizable compound B1 may have only one aromatic ring, or may have two or more aromatic rings.

從藉由抑制由顯影液引起之感光性組成物層的膨潤而解析性提高之觀點而言,聚合性化合物B1具有雙酚結構為較佳。 作為雙酚結構,例如可以舉出來自於雙酚A(2,2-雙(4-羥基苯基)丙烷)之雙酚A結構、來自於雙酚F(2,2-雙(4-羥基苯基)甲烷)之雙酚F結構及來自於雙酚B(2,2-雙(4-羥基苯基)丁烷)之雙酚B結構,雙酚A結構為較佳。 It is preferable that polymerizable compound B1 has a bisphenol structure from a viewpoint of improving resolution by suppressing the swelling of the photosensitive composition layer by a developing solution. As the bisphenol structure, for example, the bisphenol A structure derived from bisphenol A (2,2-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)propane), the structure derived from bisphenol F (2,2-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl) phenyl)methane) and bisphenol B structure from bisphenol B (2,2-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)butane), bisphenol A structure is better.

作為具有雙酚結構之聚合性化合物B1,例如可以舉出具有雙酚結構和鍵結於該雙酚結構的兩端之2個聚合性基(較佳為(甲基)丙烯醯基)之化合物。 雙酚結構的兩端與2個聚合性基可以直接鍵結,亦可以經由1個以上的伸烷氧基而鍵結,經由1個以上的伸烷氧基而鍵結為較佳。 作為加成於雙酚結構的兩端之伸烷氧基,伸乙氧基或伸丙氧基為較佳,伸乙氧基為更佳。加成於雙酚結構之伸烷氧基的加成數並不受特別限制,但在每1個分子中為4~16個為較佳,6~14個為更佳。 關於具有雙酚結構之聚合性化合物B1,記載於日本特開2016-224162號公報的[0072]~[0080]段落,該公報中所記載之內容被編入本說明書中。 Examples of the polymerizable compound B1 having a bisphenol structure include compounds having a bisphenol structure and two polymerizable groups (preferably (meth)acryl groups) bonded to both ends of the bisphenol structure . Both ends of the bisphenol structure may be directly bonded to two polymerizable groups, or may be bonded via one or more alkyleneoxy groups, and are preferably bonded via one or more alkyleneoxy groups. As the alkoxyl group added to both ends of the bisphenol structure, ethoxyl or propoxyl is preferred, and ethoxyl is more preferred. The number of alkyleneoxy groups added to the bisphenol structure is not particularly limited, but is preferably 4 to 16 per molecule, more preferably 6 to 14. The polymerizable compound B1 having a bisphenol structure is described in paragraphs [0072] to [0080] of JP-A-2016-224162, and the contents described in the publication are incorporated in this specification.

作為聚合性化合物B1,具有雙酚A結構之2官能乙烯性不飽和化合物為較佳,2,2-雙(4-((甲基)丙烯醯氧基聚烷氧基)苯基)丙烷為更佳。 作為2,2-雙(4-((甲基)丙烯醯氧基聚烷氧基)苯基)丙烷,例如可以舉出2,2-雙(4-(甲基丙烯醯氧基二乙氧基)苯基)丙烷(FA-324M,Hitachi Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、2,2-雙(4-(甲基丙烯醯氧基乙氧基丙氧基)苯基)丙烷、2,2-雙(4-(甲基丙烯醯氧基五乙氧基)苯基)丙烷(BPE-500,Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、2,2-雙(4-(甲基丙烯醯氧基十二乙氧基四丙氧基)苯基)丙烷(FA-3200MY,Hitachi Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、2,2-雙(4-(甲基丙烯醯氧基十五乙氧基)苯基)丙烷(BPE-1300,Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、2,2-雙(4-(甲基丙烯醯氧基二乙氧基)苯基)丙烷(BPE-200,Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、乙氧基化(10)雙酚A二丙烯酸酯(NK Ester A-BPE-10,Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)及乙氧基化雙酚A二甲基丙烯酸酯(BPE-100,Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)。 As the polymerizable compound B1, a bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound having a bisphenol A structure is preferable, and 2,2-bis(4-((meth)acryloxypolyalkoxy)phenyl)propane is better. Examples of 2,2-bis(4-((meth)acryloxypolyalkoxy)phenyl)propane include 2,2-bis(4-(methacryloxydiethoxy) yl)phenyl)propane (FA-324M, manufactured by Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd.), 2,2-bis(4-(methacryloxyethoxypropoxy)phenyl)propane, 2, 2-bis(4-(methacryloxypentaethoxy)phenyl)propane (BPE-500, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), 2,2-bis(4-(methyl Acryloxydodecaethoxytetrapropoxy)phenyl)propane (FA-3200MY, manufactured by Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd.), 2,2-bis(4-(methacryloxypentadeca Ethoxy)phenyl)propane (BPE-1300, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), 2,2-bis(4-(methacryloxydiethoxy)phenyl)propane ( BPE-200, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), ethoxylated (10) bisphenol A diacrylate (NK Ester A-BPE-10, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) and Ethoxylated bisphenol A dimethacrylate (BPE-100, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.).

聚合性化合物B1可以單獨使用一種,亦可以使用兩種以上。 從解析性更優異的觀點而言,聚合性化合物B1的含量相對於感光性組成物層的總質量為10質量%以上為較佳,20質量%以上為更佳。上限並不受特別限制,但從轉印性及邊緣熔融(感光性樹脂從轉印構件的端部滲出之現象)的觀點而言,70質量%以下為較佳,60質量%以下為更佳。 The polymerizable compound B1 may be used alone or in combination of two or more. From the viewpoint of better resolution, the content of the polymerizable compound B1 is preferably 10% by mass or more, more preferably 20% by mass or more, based on the total mass of the photosensitive composition layer. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of transferability and edge melting (a phenomenon in which the photosensitive resin bleeds from the end of the transfer member), 70% by mass or less is more preferable, and more preferably 60% by mass or less .

作為聚合性化合物,具有環氧烷改質雙酚結構之聚合性化合物為較佳,下述通式(B1)所表示之化合物(亦對應於上述聚合性化合物B1)為更佳。As the polymerizable compound, a polymerizable compound having an alkylene oxide-modified bisphenol structure is preferable, and a compound represented by the following general formula (B1) (also corresponding to the aforementioned polymerizable compound B1) is more preferable.

[化學式4]

Figure 02_image007
[chemical formula 4]
Figure 02_image007

通式(B1)中,R 1及R 2分別獨立地表示氫原子或甲基。A表示C 2H 4。B表示C 3H 6。n1及n3各自獨立地為1~39的整數,且n1+n3為2~40的整數。n2及n4分別獨立地為0~29的整數,且n2+n4為0~30的整數。-(A-O)-及-(B-O)-的構成單元的排列可以為無規,亦可以為嵌段。而且,在嵌段的情況下,-(A-O)-和-(B-O)-中的任一者可以在聯苯基(bisphenyl)側。 在一態樣中,n1+n2+n3+n4為2~20為較佳,2~16為更佳,4~12為進一步較佳。又,n2+n4為0~10為較佳,0~4為更佳,0~2為進一步較佳,0為特佳。 In the general formula (B1), R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. A represents C 2 H 4 . B represents C 3 H 6 . n1 and n3 are each independently an integer of 1-39, and n1+n3 is an integer of 2-40. n2 and n4 are each independently an integer of 0-29, and n2+n4 is an integer of 0-30. The arrangement of the constituent units of -(AO)- and -(BO)- may be random or block. Also, in the case of a block, any of -(AO)- and -(BO)- may be on the bisphenyl side. In one aspect, n1+n2+n3+n4 is preferably 2-20, more preferably 2-16, and further preferably 4-12. Also, n2+n4 is preferably 0-10, more preferably 0-4, still more preferably 0-2, and particularly preferably 0.

感光性組成物層可以包含除上述聚合性化合物以外的其他聚合性化合物。 其他聚合性化合物並不受特別限制,能夠從公知的化合物中適當選擇。例如,可以舉出在一個分子中具有1個乙烯性不飽和基之化合物(單官能乙烯性不飽和化合物)、不具有芳香環之2官能乙烯性不飽和化合物及3官能以上的乙烯性不飽和化合物。 The photosensitive composition layer may contain other polymerizable compounds other than the aforementioned polymerizable compounds. Other polymerizable compounds are not particularly limited, and can be appropriately selected from known compounds. Examples include compounds having one ethylenically unsaturated group in one molecule (monofunctional ethylenically unsaturated compounds), bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compounds not having an aromatic ring, and trifunctional or higher ethylenically unsaturated compounds. compound.

作為單官能乙烯性不飽和化合物,例如可以舉出(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙基己酯、2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙基琥珀酸酯、聚乙二醇單(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚丙二醇單(甲基)丙烯酸酯及(甲基)丙烯酸苯氧基乙酯。Examples of monofunctional ethylenically unsaturated compounds include ethyl (meth)acrylate, ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, 2-(meth)acryloxyethylsuccinate, polyethylene glycol Alcohol Mono(meth)acrylate, Polypropylene Glycol Mono(meth)acrylate and Phenoxyethyl(meth)acrylate.

作為不具有芳香環之2官能乙烯性不飽和化合物,例如可以舉出伸烷基二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚伸烷基二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、胺酯二(甲基)丙烯酸酯及三羥甲基丙烷二丙烯酸酯。 作為伸烷基二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯,例如可以舉出三環癸烷二甲醇二丙烯酸酯(A-DCP,Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、三環癸烷二甲醇二甲基丙烯酸酯(DCP,Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、1,9-壬二醇二丙烯酸酯(A-NOD-N,Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、1,6-己二醇二丙烯酸酯(A-HD-N,Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、聚乙二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯(4G、9G、14G及23G等,Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、ARONIX(註冊商標)M-220(TOAGOSEI CO.,LTD.製造)、ARONIX(註冊商標)M-240(TOAGOSEI CO.,LTD.製造)、ARONIX(註冊商標)M-270(TOAGOSEI CO.,LTD.製造)、乙二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、1,10-癸二醇二丙烯酸酯及新戊二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯。 作為聚伸烷基二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯,例如可以舉出聚乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二丙二醇二丙烯酸酯、三丙二醇二丙烯酸酯及聚丙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯。 作為胺酯二(甲基)丙烯酸酯,例如可以舉出環氧丙烷改質胺酯二(甲基)丙烯酸酯以及環氧乙烷及環氧丙烷改質胺酯二(甲基)丙烯酸酯。作為市售品,例如可以舉出8UX-015A(Taisei Fine Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、UA-32P(Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)及UA-1100H(Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)。 Examples of bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compounds not having an aromatic ring include alkylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, polyalkylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, urethane di(meth)acrylate, and urethane di(meth)acrylate. base) acrylate and trimethylolpropane diacrylate. Examples of alkylene glycol di(meth)acrylates include tricyclodecane dimethanol diacrylate (A-DCP, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), tricyclodecane dimethanol Dimethacrylate (DCP, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), 1,9-nonanediol diacrylate (A-NOD-N, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), 1 , 6-hexanediol diacrylate (A-HD-N, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), polyethylene glycol dimethacrylate (4G, 9G, 14G, and 23G, etc., Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), ARONIX (registered trademark) M-220 (manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.), ARONIX (registered trademark) M-240 (manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.), ARONIX (registered trademark) M-270 (manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.), ethylene glycol dimethacrylate, 1,10-decanediol diacrylate, and neopentyl glycol di(meth)acrylate. Examples of the polyalkylene glycol di(meth)acrylate include polyethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, dipropylene glycol diacrylate, tripropylene glycol diacrylate, and polypropylene glycol di(meth)acrylate. Acrylate. Examples of the urethane di(meth)acrylate include propylene oxide modified urethane di(meth)acrylate, and ethylene oxide and propylene oxide modified urethane di(meth)acrylate. Examples of commercially available products include 8UX-015A (manufactured by Taisei Fine Chemical Co., Ltd.), UA-32P (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), and UA-1100H (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co. , Ltd. manufacturing).

作為3官能以上的乙烯性不飽和化合物,例如可以舉出二新戊四醇(三/四/五/六)(甲基)丙烯酸酯、新戊四醇(三/四)(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二三羥甲基丙烷四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基乙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、異三聚氰酸三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、甘油三(甲基)丙烯酸酯及該等的環氧烷改質物。 其中,“(三/四/五/六)(甲基)丙烯酸酯”係包含三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、五(甲基)丙烯酸酯及六(甲基)丙烯酸酯之概念,“(三/四)(甲基)丙烯酸酯”係包含三(甲基)丙烯酸酯及四(甲基)丙烯酸酯之概念。 在一態樣中,感光性組成物層包含上述聚合性化合物B1及3官能以上的乙烯性不飽和化合物亦為較佳,包含上述聚合性化合物B1及兩種以上的3官能以上的乙烯性不飽和化合物為更佳。在該情況下,聚合性化合物B1與3官能以上的乙烯性不飽和化合物的質量比為(聚合性化合物B1的合計質量:(3官能以上的乙烯性不飽和化合物的合計質量)=1:1~5:1為較佳,1.2:1~4:1為更佳,1.5:1~3:1為進一步較佳。 又,在一態樣中,感光性組成物層包含上述聚合性化合物B1及兩種以上的3官能的乙烯性不飽和化合物為較佳。 Examples of ethylenically unsaturated compounds having a trifunctional or higher function include diperythritol (tri/tetra/penta/hexa)(meth)acrylate, neopentylthritol (tri/tetra)(meth)acrylic acid ester, trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate, ditrimethylolpropane tetra(meth)acrylate, trimethylolethane tri(meth)acrylate, isocyanuric acid tri(meth)acrylate Meth)acrylate, glycerol tri(meth)acrylate and their alkylene oxide modified substances. Among them, "(three/four/five/six) (meth)acrylates" include tri(meth)acrylates, tetra(meth)acrylates, penta(meth)acrylates and hexa(meth)acrylates. The concept of acrylate, "(three/tetra) (meth)acrylate" includes the concepts of tri(meth)acrylate and tetra(meth)acrylate. In one aspect, it is also preferable that the photosensitive composition layer includes the above-mentioned polymerizable compound B1 and a trifunctional or higher ethylenically unsaturated compound, and preferably includes the above-mentioned polymerizable compound B1 and two or more trifunctional or higher ethylenically unsaturated compounds. Saturated compounds are more preferred. In this case, the mass ratio of the polymerizable compound B1 to the trifunctional or higher ethylenically unsaturated compound is (total mass of the polymerizable compound B1: (total mass of the trifunctional or higher ethylenically unsaturated compound)=1:1 -5:1 is preferable, 1.2:1-4:1 is more preferable, and 1.5:1-3:1 is still more preferable. Moreover, in one aspect, it is preferable that the photosensitive composition layer contains the above-mentioned polymerizable compound B1 and two or more kinds of trifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compounds.

作為3官能以上的乙烯性不飽和化合物的環氧烷改質物,可以舉出己內酯改質(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物(Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造之KAYARAD(註冊商標)DPCA-20、Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造之A-9300-1CL等)、乙氧基化三羥甲基丙烷三甲基丙烯酸酯(TOMOE Engineering Co.,Ltd.製造之SR454、SR499及SR502等)、環氧烷改質(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物(Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造之KAYARAD RP-1040、Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造之ATM-35E及A-9300、DAICEL-ALLNEX LTD.製造之EBECRYL(註冊商標)135等)、乙氧基化甘油三甲基丙烯酸酯(Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造之A-GLY-9E等)、ARONIX(註冊商標)TO-2349(TOAGOSEI CO.,LTD.製造)、ARONIX M-520(TOAGOSEI CO.,LTD.製造)及ARONIX M-510(TOAGOSEI CO.,LTD.製造)。Examples of alkylene oxide modified products of trifunctional or higher ethylenically unsaturated compounds include caprolactone-modified (meth)acrylate compounds (KAYARAD (registered trademark) DPCA-20 manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. , Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd., A-9300-1CL, etc.), ethoxylated trimethylolpropane trimethacrylate (SR454, SR499, SR502, etc., manufactured by TOMOE Engineering Co., Ltd. ), alkylene oxide modified (meth)acrylate compounds (KAYARAD RP-1040 manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., ATM-35E and A-9300 manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd., DAICEL- EBECRYL (registered trademark) 135, etc. manufactured by ALLNEX LTD.), ethoxylated glycerin trimethacrylate (A-GLY-9E, etc. manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), ARONIX (registered trademark) TO -2349 (manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.), ARONIX M-520 (manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.), and ARONIX M-510 (manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.).

又,作為聚合性化合物,可以使用具有酸基(羧基等)之聚合性化合物。上述酸基可以形成酸酐基。作為具有酸基之聚合性化合物,可以舉出ARONIX(註冊商標)TO-2349(TOAGOSEI CO.,LTD.製造)、ARONIX(註冊商標)M-520(TOAGOSEI CO.,LTD.製造)及ARONIX(註冊商標)M-510(TOAGOSEI CO.,LTD.製造)。 作為具有酸基之聚合性化合物,例如可以使用日本特開2004-239942號公報的[0025]~[0030]段落中所記載之具有酸基之聚合性化合物。 Moreover, as a polymeric compound, the polymeric compound which has an acidic group (carboxyl group etc.) can be used. The above-mentioned acid groups may form acid anhydride groups. Examples of the polymerizable compound having an acid group include ARONIX (registered trademark) TO-2349 (manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.), ARONIX (registered trademark) M-520 (manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.), and ARONIX (manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD. registered trademark) M-510 (manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO.,LTD.). As the polymerizable compound having an acid group, for example, the polymerizable compound having an acid group described in paragraphs [0025] to [0030] of JP-A-2004-239942 can be used.

作為聚合性化合物(包括聚合性化合物B1)的分子量(當具有分子量分佈時為重量平均分子量),200~3000為較佳,280~2200為更佳,300~2200為進一步較佳。The molecular weight (weight average molecular weight when having a molecular weight distribution) of the polymerizable compound (including the polymerizable compound B1) is preferably from 200 to 3000, more preferably from 280 to 2200, and still more preferably from 300 to 2200.

聚合性化合物可以單獨使用一種,亦可以同時使用兩種以上。 聚合性化合物的含量相對於感光性組成物層的總質量為0~70質量%為較佳,10~70質量%為更佳,20~60質量%為進一步較佳。 A polymeric compound may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together. The content of the polymerizable compound is preferably from 0 to 70% by mass, more preferably from 10 to 70% by mass, and still more preferably from 20 to 60% by mass, relative to the total mass of the photosensitive composition layer.

(聚合起始劑) 感光性組成物層可以包含聚合起始劑。 作為聚合起始劑,例如能夠根據聚合反應的形式使用公知的聚合起始劑。具體而言,可以舉出熱聚合起始劑及光聚合起始劑。 聚合起始劑可以為自由基聚合起始劑及陽離子聚合起始劑中的任一種。 (polymerization initiator) The photosensitive composition layer may contain a polymerization initiator. As the polymerization initiator, for example, known polymerization initiators can be used depending on the form of the polymerization reaction. Specifically, thermal polymerization initiators and photopolymerization initiators are mentioned. The polymerization initiator may be any of a radical polymerization initiator and a cationic polymerization initiator.

感光性組成物層包含光聚合起始劑為較佳。 光聚合起始劑為接受紫外線、可見光線及X射線等活性光線而引發聚合性化合物的聚合之化合物。作為光聚合起始劑,並不受特別限制,能夠使用公知的光聚合起始劑。 作為光聚合起始劑,例如可以舉出光自由基聚合起始劑及光陽離子聚合起始劑,光自由基聚合起始劑為較佳。 It is preferable that the photosensitive composition layer contains a photoinitiator. The photopolymerization initiator is a compound that initiates polymerization of a polymerizable compound upon receiving active rays such as ultraviolet rays, visible rays, and X-rays. The photopolymerization initiator is not particularly limited, and known photopolymerization initiators can be used. As a photopolymerization initiator, a photoradical polymerization initiator and a photocationic polymerization initiator are mentioned, for example, A photoradical polymerization initiator is preferable.

作為光自由基聚合起始劑,例如可以舉出具有肟酯結構之光聚合起始劑、具有α-胺基烷基苯酮結構之光聚合起始劑、具有α-羥基烷基苯酮結構之光聚合起始劑、具有醯基氧化膦結構之光聚合起始劑及具有N-苯甘胺酸結構之光聚合起始劑。Examples of photoradical polymerization initiators include photopolymerization initiators having an oxime ester structure, photopolymerization initiators having an α-aminoalkylphenone structure, and photopolymerization initiators having an α-hydroxyalkylphenone structure. A photopolymerization initiator, a photopolymerization initiator with an acyl phosphine oxide structure, and a photopolymerization initiator with an N-phenylglycine structure.

又,從感光性、曝光部及非曝光部的可見性以及解析性的觀點而言,感光性組成物層包含選自包括2,4,5-三芳基咪唑二聚物及其衍生物之群組中之至少一種作為光自由基聚合起始劑為較佳。另外,2,4,5-三芳基咪唑二聚物及其衍生物中之2個2,4,5-三芳基咪唑結構可以相同亦可以不同。 作為2,4,5-三芳基咪唑二聚物的衍生物,例如可以舉出2-(鄰氯苯基)-4,5-二苯基咪唑二聚物、2-(鄰氯苯基)-4,5-二(甲氧基苯基)咪唑二聚物、2-(鄰氟苯基)-4,5-二苯基咪唑二聚物、2-(鄰甲氧基苯基)-4,5-二苯基咪唑二聚物及2-(對甲氧基苯基)-4,5-二苯基咪唑二聚物。 In addition, from the viewpoint of photosensitivity, visibility of exposed parts and non-exposed parts, and resolution, the photosensitive composition layer contains a compound selected from the group consisting of 2,4,5-triaryl imidazole dimers and derivatives thereof. At least one of these groups is preferred as a photoradical polymerization initiator. In addition, the two 2,4,5-triarylimidazole structures in the 2,4,5-triarylimidazole dimer and its derivatives may be the same or different. Examples of derivatives of 2,4,5-triaryl imidazole dimers include 2-(o-chlorophenyl)-4,5-diphenylimidazole dimer, 2-(o-chlorophenyl) -4,5-bis(methoxyphenyl)imidazole dimer, 2-(o-fluorophenyl)-4,5-diphenylimidazole dimer, 2-(o-methoxyphenyl)- 4,5-diphenylimidazole dimer and 2-(p-methoxyphenyl)-4,5-diphenylimidazole dimer.

作為光自由基聚合起始劑,例如可以使用日本特開2011-095716號公報的[0031]~[0042]段落及日本特開2015-014783號公報的[0064]~[0081]段落中所記載之聚合起始劑。As the photoradical polymerization initiator, for example, those described in paragraphs [0031] to [0042] of JP-A-2011-095716 and paragraphs [0064]-[0081] of JP-A-2015-014783 can be used. The polymerization initiator.

作為光自由基聚合起始劑,例如可以舉出二甲基胺基苯甲酸乙酯(DBE,CAS No.10287-53-3)、安息香甲醚、(p,p’-二甲氧基苄基)大茴香酯、TAZ-110(商品名:Midori Kagaku Co.,Ltd.製造)、二苯甲酮、4,4’-雙(二乙基胺基)二苯甲酮、TAZ-111(商品名:Midori Kagaku Co.,Ltd.製造)、Irgacure OXE01、OXE02、OXE03、OXE04(BASF公司製造)、Omnirad651及369(商品名:IGM Resins B.V.公司製造)及2,2’-雙(2-氯苯基)-4,4’,5,5’-四苯基-1,2’-聯咪唑(Tokyo Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.製造)。Examples of photoradical polymerization initiators include dimethylaminobenzoic acid ethyl ester (DBE, CAS No. 10287-53-3), benzoin methyl ether, (p,p'-dimethoxybenzyl base) anisyl, TAZ-110 (trade name: manufactured by Midori Kagaku Co., Ltd.), benzophenone, 4,4'-bis(diethylamino)benzophenone, TAZ-111 ( Trade name: Midori Kagaku Co., Ltd.), Irgacure OXE01, OXE02, OXE03, OXE04 (BASF Corporation), Omnirad651 and 369 (trade name: IGM Resins B.V. company) and 2,2'-bis (2- Chlorophenyl)-4,4',5,5'-tetraphenyl-1,2'-biimidazole (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.).

作為光自由基聚合起始劑的市售品,例如可以舉出1-[4-(苯硫基)苯基]-1,2-辛二酮-2-(O-苯甲醯肟)(商品名:IRGACURE(註冊商標)OXE-01,BASF公司製造)、1-[9-乙基-6-(2-甲基苯甲醯基)-9H-咔唑-3-基]乙酮-1-(O-乙醯肟)(商品名:IRGACURE OXE-02,BASF公司製造)、IRGACURE OXE-03(BASF公司製造)、IRGACURE OXE-04(BASF公司製造)、2-(二甲基胺基)-2-[(4-甲基苯基)甲基]-1-[4-(4-嗎啉基)苯基]-1-丁酮(商品名:Omnirad 379EG,IGM Resins B.V.製造)、2-甲基-1-(4-甲硫基苯基)-2-嗎啉基丙-1-酮(商品名:Omnirad 907,IGM Resins B.V.製造)、2-羥基-1-{4-[4-(2-羥基-2-甲基丙醯基)苄基]苯基}-2-甲基丙-1-酮(商品名:Omnirad 127,IGM Resins B.V.製造)、2-苄基-2-二甲基胺基-1-(4-嗎啉基苯基)丁酮-1(商品名:Omnirad 369,IGM Resins B.V.製造)、2-羥基-2-甲基-1-苯基丙-1-酮(商品名:Omnirad 1173,IGM Resins B.V.製造)、1-羥基環己基苯基酮(商品名:Omnirad 184,IGM Resins B.V.製造)、2,2-二甲氧基-1,2-二苯基乙烷-1-酮(商品名:Omnirad 651,IGM Resins B.V.製造)、2,4,6-三甲基苯甲醯基-二苯基氧化膦(商品名:Omnirad TPO H,IGM Resins B.V.製造)、雙(2,4,6-三甲基苯甲醯基)苯基氧化膦(商品名:Omnirad 819,IGM Resins B.V.製造)、肟酯系的光聚合起始劑(商品名:Lunar 6,DKSH Japan K.K.製造)、2,2’-雙(2-氯苯基)-4,4’,5,5’-四苯基聯咪唑(2-(2-氯苯基)-4,5-二苯基咪唑二聚物)(商品名:B-CIM,Hampford公司製造)、2-(鄰氯苯基)-4,5-二苯基咪唑二聚物(商品名:BCTB,Tokyo Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.製造)、1-[4-(苯硫基)苯基]-3-環戊基丙烷-1,2-二酮-2-(O-苯甲醯肟)(商品名:TR-PBG-305,Changzhou Tronly New Electronic Materials CO.,LTD.製造)、1,2-丙烷二酮,3-環己基-1-[9-乙基-6-(2-呋喃基羰基)-9H-咔唑-3-基]-,2-(O-乙醯肟)(商品名:TR-PBG-326,Changzhou Tronly New Electronic Materials CO.,LTD.製造)及3-環己基-1-(6-(2-(苯甲醯氧基亞胺基)辛醯基)-9-乙基-9H-咔唑-3-基)-丙烷-1,2-二酮-2-(O-苯甲醯肟)(商品名:TR-PBG-391,Changzhou Tronly New Electronic Materials CO.,LTD.製造)。As a commercially available photoradical polymerization initiator, for example, 1-[4-(phenylthio)phenyl]-1,2-octanedione-2-(O-benzoyl oxime) ( Trade name: IRGACURE (registered trademark) OXE-01, manufactured by BASF Corporation), 1-[9-ethyl-6-(2-methylbenzoyl)-9H-carbazol-3-yl]ethanone- 1-(O-acetyloxime) (trade name: IRGACURE OXE-02, manufactured by BASF Corporation), IRGACURE OXE-03 (manufactured by BASF Corporation), IRGACURE OXE-04 (manufactured by BASF Corporation), 2-(dimethylamine yl)-2-[(4-methylphenyl)methyl]-1-[4-(4-morpholinyl)phenyl]-1-butanone (trade name: Omnirad 379EG, manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.) , 2-methyl-1-(4-methylthiophenyl)-2-morpholinopropan-1-one (trade name: Omnirad 907, manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), 2-hydroxy-1-{4- [4-(2-Hydroxy-2-methylpropionyl)benzyl]phenyl}-2-methylpropan-1-one (trade name: Omnirad 127, manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), 2-benzyl- 2-Dimethylamino-1-(4-morpholinophenyl)butanone-1 (trade name: Omnirad 369, manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-phenylpropane -1-Kone (trade name: Omnirad 1173, manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), 1-hydroxycyclohexyl phenyl ketone (trade name: Omnirad 184, manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), 2,2-dimethoxy-1,2 -Diphenylethan-1-one (trade name: Omnirad 651, manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), 2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl-diphenylphosphine oxide (trade name: Omnirad TPO H, IGM Resins B.V.), bis(2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl)phenylphosphine oxide (trade name: Omnirad 819, manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), oxime ester-based photopolymerization initiator (trade name Name: Lunar 6, manufactured by DKSH Japan K.K.), 2,2'-bis(2-chlorophenyl)-4,4',5,5'-tetraphenylbiimidazole (2-(2-chlorophenyl) -4,5-diphenylimidazole dimer) (trade name: B-CIM, manufactured by Hampford), 2-(o-chlorophenyl)-4,5-diphenylimidazole dimer (trade name: BCTB, manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), 1-[4-(phenylthio)phenyl]-3-cyclopentylpropane-1,2-dione-2-(O-benzoyl oxime ) (trade name: TR-PBG-305, manufactured by Changzhou Tronly New Electronic Materials CO., LTD.), 1,2-propanedione, 3-cyclohexyl-1-[9-ethyl-6-(2- Furylcarbonyl)-9H-carbazol-3-yl]-, 2-(O-acetyloxime) (trade name: TR-PBG-326, manufactured by Changzhou Tronly New Electronic Materials CO., LTD.) and 3- Cyclohexyl-1-(6-(2-(benzoyloxyimino)octyl)-9-ethyl-9H-carbazol-3-yl)-propane-1,2-dione-2- (O-Benzoxime) (trade name: TR-PBG-391, manufactured by Changzhou Tronly New Electronic Materials CO., LTD.).

光陽離子聚合起始劑(光酸產生劑)為接受活性光線而產生酸之化合物。作為光陽離子聚合起始劑,反應於波長300nm以上、較佳為波長300nm~450nm的活性光線而產生酸之化合物為較佳,但其化學結構並不受限制。又,關於不直接感應於波長300nm以上的活性光線之光陽離子聚合起始劑,只要為藉由與增感劑併用而感應於波長300nm以上的活性光線從而產生酸之化合物,則亦能夠與增感劑組合而較佳地使用。 作為光陽離子聚合起始劑,產生pKa為4以下的酸之光陽離子聚合起始劑為較佳,產生pKa為3以下的酸之光陽離子聚合起始劑為更佳,產生pKa為2以下的酸之光陽離子聚合起始劑為進一步較佳。pKa的下限值並沒有特別規定,例如-10.0以上為較佳。 Photocationic polymerization initiators (photoacid generators) are compounds that generate acid upon receiving active light. As the photocationic polymerization initiator, a compound that reacts to active light with a wavelength of 300nm or more, preferably 300nm-450nm to generate acid is preferred, but its chemical structure is not limited. Also, as for the photocationic polymerization initiator that is not directly responsive to active light with a wavelength of 300 nm or more, as long as it is a compound that generates an acid in response to active light with a wavelength of 300 nm or more by using in combination with a sensitizer, it can also be used with a sensitizer. Sensitive agents are preferably used in combination. As a photocationic polymerization initiator, a photocationic polymerization initiator that generates an acid with a pKa of 4 or less is preferred, a photocationic polymerization initiator that generates an acid with a pKa of 3 or less is more preferred, and a photocationic polymerization initiator that generates an acid with a pKa of 2 or less An acidic photocationic polymerization initiator is further preferred. The lower limit of pKa is not particularly specified, but is preferably -10.0 or more, for example.

作為光陽離子聚合起始劑,可以舉出離子性光陽離子聚合起始劑及非離子性光陽離子聚合起始劑。 作為離子性光陽離子聚合起始劑,例如可以舉出二芳基錪鹽類及三芳基鋶鹽類等鎓鹽化合物以及四級銨鹽。 作為離子性光陽離子聚合起始劑,可以使用日本特開2014-085643號公報的[0114]~[0133]段落中所記載之離子性光陽離子聚合起始劑。 As a photocationic polymerization initiator, an ionic photocationic polymerization initiator and a nonionic photocationic polymerization initiator are mentioned. As an ionic photocationic polymerization initiator, an onium salt compound, such as a diaryl iodonium salt and a triaryl permeicium salt, and a quaternary ammonium salt are mentioned, for example. As the ionic photocationic polymerization initiator, the ionic photocationic polymerization initiator described in paragraphs [0114] to [0133] of JP-A-2014-085643 can be used.

作為非離子性光陽離子聚合起始劑,例如可以舉出三氯甲基-s-三口井類、重氮甲烷化合物、醯亞胺磺酸鹽化合物及肟磺酸鹽化合物。作為三氯甲基-s-三口井類、重氮甲烷化合物及醯亞胺磺酸鹽化合物,可以使用日本特開2011-221494號公報的[0083]~[0088]段落中所記載之化合物。又,作為肟磺酸鹽化合物,可以使用國際公開第2018/179640號的[0084]~[0088]段落中所記載之化合物。Examples of nonionic photocationic polymerization initiators include trichloromethyl-s-three wells, diazomethane compounds, imide sulfonate compounds, and oxime sulfonate compounds. The compounds described in paragraphs [0083] to [0088] of JP-A No. 2011-221494 can be used as the trichloromethyl-s-three wells, the diazomethane compound, and the imide sulfonate compound. Also, as the oxime sulfonate compound, compounds described in paragraphs [0084] to [0088] of International Publication No. 2018/179640 can be used.

感光性組成物層包含光自由基聚合起始劑為較佳,包含選自包括2,4,5-三芳基咪唑二聚物及其衍生物之群組中之至少一種為更佳。The photosensitive composition layer preferably includes a photoradical polymerization initiator, more preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of 2,4,5-triarylimidazole dimers and derivatives thereof.

聚合起始劑可以單獨使用一種,亦可以使用兩種以上。 聚合起始劑(較佳為光聚合起始劑)的含量並不受特別限制,但相對於感光性組成物層的總質量為0.1質量%以上為較佳,0.5質量%以上為更佳,1.0質量%以上為進一步較佳。上限並不受特別限制,但相對於感光性組成物層的總質量為20質量%以下為較佳,15質量%以下為更佳,10質量%以下為進一步較佳。 One kind of polymerization initiator may be used alone, or two or more kinds may be used. The content of the polymerization initiator (preferably a photopolymerization initiator) is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.1% by mass or more, more preferably 0.5% by mass or more, relative to the total mass of the photosensitive composition layer, It is still more preferable that it is 1.0 mass % or more. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably at most 20% by mass, more preferably at most 15% by mass, and still more preferably at most 10% by mass, based on the total mass of the photosensitive composition layer.

(增感劑) 感光性組成物層包含增感劑為較佳。 增感劑並不受特別限制,能夠使用公知的增感劑、染料及顏料。作為增感劑,例如可以舉出二烷基胺基二苯甲酮化合物、吡唑啉化合物、蒽化合物、香豆素化合物、氧蒽酮(xanthone)化合物、噻噸酮(thioxanthone)化合物、吖啶酮化合物、口咢唑化合物、苯并口咢唑化合物、噻唑化合物、苯并噻唑化合物、三唑化合物(例如,1,2,4-三唑)、茋化合物、二苯乙烯基苯(distyrylbenzene)、苯乙烯基苯(styrylbenzene)、三口井化合物、噻吩化合物、萘二甲醯亞胺化合物、三芳基胺化合物及胺基吖啶化合物。另外,上述列舉之化合物中還包括上述化合物的衍生物。 其中,作為增感劑,二烷基胺基二苯甲酮化合物、蒽化合物、二苯乙烯基苯化合物或苯乙烯基吡啶化合物為較佳,蒽化合物、二苯乙烯基苯化合物或苯乙烯基吡啶化合物為更佳,蒽衍生物、二苯乙烯基苯衍生物或苯乙烯基吡啶衍生物為進一步較佳。 (sensitizer) It is preferable that the photosensitive composition layer contains a sensitizer. The sensitizer is not particularly limited, and known sensitizers, dyes, and pigments can be used. Examples of sensitizers include dialkylaminobenzophenone compounds, pyrazoline compounds, anthracene compounds, coumarin compounds, xanthone (xanthone) compounds, thioxanthone (thioxanthone) compounds, Pyridone compounds, pyridazole compounds, benzoxazole compounds, thiazole compounds, benzothiazole compounds, triazole compounds (eg, 1,2,4-triazole), stilbene compounds, distyrylbenzene , styrylbenzene (styrylbenzene), three well compounds, thiophene compounds, naphthalimide compounds, triarylamine compounds and aminoacridine compounds. In addition, the compounds listed above also include derivatives of the above compounds. Among them, as sensitizers, dialkylaminobenzophenone compounds, anthracene compounds, distyrylbenzene compounds or styrylpyridine compounds are preferred, anthracene compounds, distyrylbenzene compounds or styryl A pyridine compound is more preferable, and an anthracene derivative, a distyrylbenzene derivative, or a styrylpyridine derivative is still more preferable.

增感劑可以單獨使用一種,亦可以使用兩種以上。 當感光性組成物層包含增感劑時,增感劑的含量能夠根據目的適當選擇,但從提高對光源之靈敏度及藉由聚合速度與鏈轉移的平衡而提高硬化速度之觀點而言,相對於感光性組成物層的總質量為0.01~5質量%為較佳,0.05~1質量%為更佳。 One kind of sensitizer may be used alone, or two or more kinds may be used. When the photosensitive composition layer contains a sensitizer, the content of the sensitizer can be appropriately selected according to the purpose, but from the viewpoint of improving the sensitivity to the light source and increasing the hardening speed by balancing the polymerization speed and chain transfer, relatively The total mass of the photosensitive composition layer is preferably 0.01 to 5% by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 1% by mass.

(色素) 從曝光部及非曝光部的可見性、顯影後的圖案可見性及解析性的觀點而言,感光性組成物層包含顯色時的波長範圍400~780nm中的極大吸收波長為450nm以上且極大吸收波長藉由酸、鹼或自由基而發生變化之色素(亦稱為“色素N”)亦為較佳。若包含色素N,則詳細機制雖然不明確,但與鄰接之層(例如水溶性樹脂層)的密接性提高,解析性更優異。 (pigment) From the viewpoint of the visibility of the exposed portion and the non-exposed portion, the visibility of the pattern after development, and the resolution, the photosensitive composition layer includes a maximum absorption wavelength of 450 nm or more in the wavelength range of 400 to 780 nm during color development. A dye whose absorption wavelength is changed by acid, alkali or free radical (also referred to as "dye N") is also preferable. When the dye N is contained, although the detailed mechanism is not clear, the adhesiveness with the adjacent layer (for example, a water-soluble resin layer) improves, and resolution becomes more excellent.

在本說明書中,色素的“極大吸收波長藉由酸、鹼或自由基而發生變化”可以指處於顯色狀態之色素藉由酸、鹼或自由基而脫色之態樣、處於脫色狀態之色素藉由酸、鹼或自由基而顯色之態樣及處於顯色狀態之色素變為其他色相的顯色狀態之態樣中的任一態樣。 具體而言,色素N可以為藉由曝光從脫色狀態發生變化而顯色之化合物,亦可以為藉由曝光從顯色狀態發生變化而脫色之化合物。在該情況下,可以為藉由曝光而在感光性組成物層內產生酸、鹼或自由基且該等起作用,從而顯色或脫色狀態發生變化之色素,亦可以為感光性組成物層內的狀態(例如pH)藉由酸、鹼或自由基而發生變化,從而顯色或脫色狀態發生變化之色素。又,亦可以為不經過曝光而直接接受酸、鹼或自由基作為刺激而顯色或脫色的狀態發生變化之色素。 In this specification, "the maximum absorption wavelength of a pigment is changed by acid, alkali or free radical" may refer to a state in which a pigment in a colored state is decolorized by an acid, alkali or free radical, or a pigment in a decolorized state. Either of the state in which the color is developed by acid, alkali or free radicals, and the state in which the pigment in the color-developed state changes to a color-developed state of another hue. Specifically, the dye N may be a compound that develops color by changing from a decolorized state by exposure, or may be a compound that decolorizes by changing from a color-developed state by exposure. In this case, it may be a dye that generates an acid, an alkali, or a free radical in the photosensitive composition layer by exposure, and these act to change the state of color development or decolorization, or the photosensitive composition layer. A pigment whose internal state (such as pH) is changed by acid, alkali or free radicals, thereby changing the state of color development or decolorization. In addition, it may be a pigment that undergoes a change in the state of color development or decolorization by directly being stimulated by an acid, an alkali, or a free radical without exposure to light.

其中,從曝光部及非曝光部的可見性以及解析性的觀點而言,色素N為極大吸收波長藉由酸或自由基而發生變化之色素為較佳,極大吸收波長藉由自由基而發生變化之色素為更佳。 當感光性組成物層為負型感光性組成物層時,從曝光部及非曝光部的可見性以及解析性的觀點而言,負型感光性組成物層包含極大吸收波長藉由自由基而發生變化之色素作為色素N及光自由基聚合起始劑這兩者為較佳。 又,從曝光部及非曝光部的可見性的觀點而言,色素N為藉由酸、鹼或自由基而顯色之色素為較佳。 Among them, from the viewpoint of the visibility and resolution of the exposed part and the non-exposed part, dye N is preferably a dye whose maximum absorption wavelength is changed by acid or radicals, and the maximum absorption wavelength is generated by free radicals. Varying pigments are more preferred. When the photosensitive composition layer is a negative photosensitive composition layer, from the viewpoint of visibility and resolution of the exposed part and the non-exposed part, the negative photosensitive composition layer contains a maximum absorption wavelength that is generated by free radicals. The changed dye is preferable as both the dye N and the photoradical polymerization initiator. Moreover, it is preferable that dye N is a dye which develops color by acid, alkali, or a radical from the viewpoint of the visibility of an exposure part and a non-exposure part.

作為色素N的顯色機構的例子,可以舉出自由基反應性色素、酸反應性色素或鹼反應性色素(例如無色色素)藉由向感光性組成物層中添加光自由基聚合起始劑、光陽離子聚合起始劑(光酸產生劑)或光鹼產生劑並進行曝光之後由光自由基聚合起始劑、光陽離子聚合起始劑或光鹼產生劑產生之自由基、酸或鹼而顯色之態樣。As an example of the color development mechanism of the dye N, a radical reactive dye, an acid reactive dye or an alkali reactive dye (such as a leuco dye) can be mentioned by adding a photoradical polymerization initiator to the photosensitive composition layer. , photocationic polymerization initiator (photoacid generator) or photobase generator and free radicals, acids or bases generated by photoradical polymerization initiators, photocationic polymerization initiators or photobase generators after exposure And the appearance of color.

從曝光部及非曝光部的可見性的觀點而言,色素N的顯色時的波長範圍400~780nm中的極大吸收波長為550nm以上為較佳,550~700nm為更佳,550~650nm為進一步較佳。 又,色素N可以僅具有1個顯色時的波長範圍400~780nm中的極大吸收波長,亦可以具有2個以上。當色素N具有2個以上顯色時的波長範圍400~780nm中的極大吸收波長時,2個以上的極大吸收波長中吸光度最高的極大吸收波長為450nm以上即可。 From the viewpoint of the visibility of the exposed part and the non-exposed part, the maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 400 to 780 nm during color development of the dye N is preferably 550 nm or more, more preferably 550 to 700 nm, and 550 to 650 nm. Further better. In addition, the dye N may have only one maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 400 to 780 nm at the time of color development, or may have two or more. When the dye N has two or more maximum absorption wavelengths in the wavelength range of 400 to 780 nm for color development, the maximum absorption wavelength with the highest absorbance among the two or more maximum absorption wavelengths may be 450 nm or more.

色素N的極大吸收波長藉由在大氣環境下使用分光光度計:UV3100(Shimadzu Corporation製造)在波長400nm~780nm的範圍內測量包含色素N之溶液(液溫25℃)的透射光譜並檢測光的強度成為極小之波長(極大吸收波長)而得到。The maximum absorption wavelength of pigment N was measured by using a spectrophotometer: UV3100 (manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation) in the atmospheric environment in the wavelength range of 400nm to 780nm. The intensity is obtained at an extremely small wavelength (maximum absorption wavelength).

作為藉由曝光而顯色或脫色之色素,例如可以舉出無色化合物。 作為藉由曝光而脫色之色素,例如可以舉出無色化合物、二芳基甲烷系色素、口咢口井系色素、口山口星系色素、亞胺基萘醌系色素、偶氮次甲基系色素及蒽醌系色素。 作為色素N,從曝光部及非曝光部的可見性的觀點而言,無色化合物為較佳。 As a coloring matter which develops or decolorizes by exposure, a colorless compound is mentioned, for example. Examples of dyes that decolorize by exposure include colorless compounds, diarylmethane-based dyes, Kuchiguchi-based dyes, Kuchiyamaguchi-based dyes, iminonaphthoquinone-based dyes, and azomethine-based dyes. and anthraquinone pigments. As the dye N, a colorless compound is preferable from the viewpoint of the visibility of the exposed portion and the non-exposed portion.

作為無色化合物,例如可以舉出具有三芳基甲烷骨架之無色化合物(三芳基甲烷系色素)、具有螺吡喃骨架之無色化合物(螺吡喃系色素)、具有螢光黃母體骨架之無色化合物(螢光黃母體系色素)、具有二芳基甲烷骨架之無色化合物(二芳基甲烷系色素)、具有羅丹明內醯胺骨架之無色化合物(羅丹明內醯胺系色素)、具有吲哚基酞內酯骨架之無色化合物(吲哚基酞內酯系色素)及具有無色金黃胺骨架之無色化合物(無色金黃胺系色素)。 其中,三芳基甲烷系色素或螢光黃母體系色素為較佳,具有三苯基甲烷骨架之無色化合物(三苯基甲烷系色素)或螢光黃母體系色素為更佳。 As the colorless compound, for example, a colorless compound having a triarylmethane skeleton (triarylmethane dye), a colorless compound having a spiropyran skeleton (spiropyran dye), and a colorless compound having a fluorescent yellow parent skeleton ( Fluorescent yellow parent system pigment), colorless compound with diarylmethane skeleton (diarylmethane pigment), colorless compound with rhodamine lactam skeleton (rhodamine lactamide pigment), indolyl A colorless compound with a phthalide skeleton (indolylphthalide pigment) and a colorless compound with a colorless aureamine skeleton (colorless aureamine pigment). Among them, triarylmethane-based pigments or fluorescent yellow parent system pigments are preferred, and colorless compounds (triphenylmethane-based pigments) with triphenylmethane skeletons or fluorescent yellow parent system pigments are more preferred.

作為無色化合物,從曝光部及非曝光部的可見性的觀點而言,具有內酯環、亞磺內酯環(sultine ring)或磺內酯環為較佳。藉此,能夠使無色化合物所具有之內酯環、亞磺內酯環或磺內酯環與由光自由基聚合起始劑產生之自由基或由光陽離子聚合起始劑產生之酸進行反應使無色化合物變為閉環狀態而使其脫色,或者使無色化合物變為開環狀態而使其顯色。作為無色化合物,具有內酯環、亞磺內酯環或磺內酯環且內酯環、亞磺內酯環或磺內酯環藉由自由基或酸開環而顯色之化合物為較佳,具有內酯環且內酯環藉由自由基或酸開環而顯色之化合物為更佳。As a colorless compound, it is preferable to have a lactone ring, a sultone ring, or a sultone ring from the viewpoint of the visibility of an exposed part and a non-exposed part. Thereby, the lactone ring, sultone ring or sultone ring of the colorless compound can be reacted with the free radical generated by the photoradical polymerization initiator or the acid generated by the photocationic polymerization initiator Decolorize a colorless compound by closing its ring, or develop a color by opening its ring. As a colorless compound, a compound having a lactone ring, a sultone ring or a sultone ring and the lactone ring, a sultone ring or a sultone ring is colored by free radicals or acid ring opening is preferable , a compound that has a lactone ring and the lactone ring is opened by free radicals or acid to develop color is more preferred.

作為色素N,例如可以舉出以下染料及無色化合物。 在色素N之中,作為染料的具體例,可以舉出亮綠(brilliant green)、乙基紫、甲基綠、結晶紫、鹼性品紅(basic fuchsine)、甲基紫2B、喹納啶紅(quinaldine red)、孟加拉玫瑰紅(rose bengal)、米塔尼爾黃(metanil yellow)、百里酚磺酞(thymol sulfonphthalein)、二甲酚(xylenol)藍、甲基橙、對甲基紅、剛果紅、苯并紅紫素(benzopurpurine)4B、α-萘基紅、尼羅藍(nile blue)2B、尼羅藍A、甲基紫、孔雀綠(malachite green)、副品紅(parafuchsin)、維多利亞純藍(victoria pure blue)-萘磺酸鹽、維多利亞純藍BOH(Hodogaya Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、油藍#603(Orient Chemical Industries Co.,Ltd.製造)、油粉紅#312(Orient Chemical Industries Co.,Ltd.製造)、油紅5B(Orient Chemical Industries Co.,Ltd.製造)、油猩紅(oil scarlet)#308(Orient Chemical Industries Co.,Ltd.製造)、油紅OG(Orient Chemical Industries Co.,Ltd.製造)、油紅RR(Orient Chemical Industries Co.,Ltd.製造)、油綠#502(Orient Chemical Industries Co.,Ltd.製造)、史必隆紅(spilon red)BEH特殊(Hodogaya Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、間甲酚紫、甲酚紅、羅丹明B、羅丹明6G、磺基羅丹明B、金黃胺、4-對二乙基胺基苯基亞胺基萘醌、2-羧基苯胺基-4-對二乙基胺基苯基亞胺基萘醌、2-羧基硬脂基胺基-4-對-N,N-雙(羥基乙基)胺基-苯基亞胺基萘醌、1-苯基-3-甲基-4-對二乙基胺基苯基亞胺基-5-吡唑啉酮及1-β-萘基-4-對二乙基胺基苯基亞胺基-5-吡唑啉酮。 Examples of the dye N include the following dyes and leuco compounds. Among dyes N, specific examples of dyes include brilliant green, ethyl violet, methyl green, crystal violet, basic fuchsine, methyl violet 2B, and quinaldine. quinaldine red, rose bengal, metanil yellow, thymol sulfonphthalein, xylenol blue, methyl orange, p-methyl red , Congo red, benzopurpurine 4B, α-naphthyl red, nile blue 2B, nile blue A, methyl violet, malachite green, parafuchsin , victoria pure blue (manufactured by Orient Chemical Industries Co., Ltd.), Victoria pure blue BOH (manufactured by Hodogaya Chemical Co., Ltd.), oil blue #603 (manufactured by Orient Chemical Industries Co., Ltd.), oil pink #312 (manufactured by Orient Chemical Industries Co., Ltd.), oil red 5B (manufactured by Orient Chemical Industries Co., Ltd.), oil scarlet (oil scarlet) #308 (manufactured by Orient Chemical Industries Co., Ltd.), oil red OG (manufactured by Orient Chemical Industries Co., Ltd.), oil red RR (manufactured by Orient Chemical Industries Co., Ltd.), oil green #502 (manufactured by Orient Chemical Industries Co., Ltd.), spilon red (manufactured by Orient Chemical Industries Co., Ltd.), BEH special (manufactured by Hodogaya Chemical Co., Ltd.), m-cresyl violet, cresyl red, rhodamine B, rhodamine 6G, sulforhodamine B, aurethamine, 4-p-diethylaminophenylimino Naphthoquinone, 2-carboxyanilino-4-p-diethylaminophenyliminonaphthoquinone, 2-carboxystearylamino-4-p-N,N-bis(hydroxyethyl)amino -Phenyliminonaphthoquinone, 1-phenyl-3-methyl-4-p-diethylaminophenylimino-5-pyrazolone and 1-β-naphthyl-4-p Diethylaminophenylimino-5-pyrazolone.

在色素N之中,作為無色化合物的具體例,可以舉出p,p’,p”-六甲基三胺基三苯基甲烷(無色結晶紫)、Pergascript Blue SRB(Ciba-Geigy公司製造)、結晶紫內酯、孔雀綠內酯、苯甲醯無色亞甲基藍、2-(N-苯基-N-甲基胺基)-6-(N-對甲苯基-N-乙基)胺基螢光黃母體、2-苯胺基-3-甲基-6-(N-乙基-對甲苯胺基)螢光黃母體、3,6-二甲氧基螢光黃母體、3-(N,N-二乙基胺基)-5-甲基-7-(N,N-二苄基胺基)螢光黃母體、3-(N-環己基-N-甲基胺基)-6-甲基-7-苯胺基螢光黃母體、3-(N,N-二乙基胺基)-6-甲基-7-苯胺基螢光黃母體、3-(N,N-二乙基胺基)-6-甲基-7-茬胺基螢光黃母體、3-(N,N-二乙基胺基)-6-甲基-7-氯螢光黃母體、3-(N,N-二乙基胺基)-6-甲氧基-7-胺基螢光黃母體、3-(N,N-二乙基胺基)-7-(4-氯苯胺基)螢光黃母體、3-(N,N-二乙基胺基)-7-氯螢光黃母體、3-(N,N-二乙基胺基)-7-苄基胺基螢光黃母體、3-(N,N-二乙基胺基)-7,8-苯并螢光黃母體、3-(N,N-二丁基胺基)-6-甲基-7-苯胺基螢光黃母體、3-(N,N-二丁基胺基)-6-甲基-7-茬胺基螢光黃母體、3-哌啶基-6-甲基-7-苯胺基螢光黃母體、3-吡咯啶基-6-甲基-7-苯胺基螢光黃母體、3,3-雙(1-乙基-2-甲基吲哚-3-基)酞內酯(phthalide)、3,3-雙(1-正丁基-2-甲基吲哚-3-基)酞內酯、3,3-雙(對二甲基胺基苯基)-6-二甲基胺基酞內酯、3-(4-二乙基胺基-2-乙氧基苯基)-3-(1-乙基-2-甲基吲哚-3-基)-4-氮雜酞內酯、3-(4-二乙基胺基苯基)-3-(1-乙基-2-甲基吲哚-3-基)酞內酯及3’,6’-雙(二苯基胺基)螺異苯并呋喃-1(3H),9’-[9H]口山口星-3-酮。Among the dye N, specific examples of the colorless compound include p,p',p"-hexamethyltriaminotriphenylmethane (colorless crystal violet), Pergascript Blue SRB (manufactured by Ciba-Geigy) , crystal violet lactone, malachite green lactone, benzoyl leuco methylene blue, 2-(N-phenyl-N-methylamino)-6-(N-p-tolyl-N-ethyl)aminofluoride Bright yellow precursor, 2-anilino-3-methyl-6-(N-ethyl-p-toluidyl) fluorescent yellow precursor, 3,6-dimethoxy fluorescent yellow precursor, 3-(N, N-diethylamino)-5-methyl-7-(N,N-dibenzylamino) fluorescent yellow precursor, 3-(N-cyclohexyl-N-methylamino)-6- Methyl-7-anilino fluorescent yellow precursor, 3-(N,N-diethylamino)-6-methyl-7-anilino fluorescent yellow precursor, 3-(N,N-diethyl Amino)-6-methyl-7-amino fluorescent yellow precursor, 3-(N,N-diethylamino)-6-methyl-7-chloro fluorescent yellow precursor, 3-(N ,N-diethylamino)-6-methoxy-7-aminofluorescent yellow precursor, 3-(N,N-diethylamino)-7-(4-chloroanilino)fluorescence Yellow precursor, 3-(N,N-diethylamino)-7-chlorofluorescent yellow precursor, 3-(N,N-diethylamino)-7-benzylamino fluorescent yellow precursor, 3-(N,N-diethylamino)-7,8-benzofluorescent yellow precursor, 3-(N,N-dibutylamino)-6-methyl-7-anilinofluorescent Yellow precursor, 3-(N,N-dibutylamino)-6-methyl-7-stibamido fluorescent yellow precursor, 3-piperidinyl-6-methyl-7-anilino fluorescent yellow Parent, 3-pyrrolidinyl-6-methyl-7-anilinofluorescent yellow parent, 3,3-bis(1-ethyl-2-methylindol-3-yl)phthalide (phthalide) , 3,3-bis(1-n-butyl-2-methylindol-3-yl)phthalide, 3,3-bis(p-dimethylaminophenyl)-6-dimethylamine Phthalactone, 3-(4-diethylamino-2-ethoxyphenyl)-3-(1-ethyl-2-methylindol-3-yl)-4-azaphthalide lactone, 3-(4-diethylaminophenyl)-3-(1-ethyl-2-methylindol-3-yl)phthalide and 3',6'-bis(diphenyl Amino) spiroisobenzofuran-1 (3H), 9'-[9H]koushankou star-3-one.

從曝光部及非曝光部的可見性、顯影後的圖案可見性及解析性的觀點而言,色素N為極大吸收波長藉由自由基而發生變化之色素為較佳,藉由自由基而顯色之色素為更佳。 作為色素N,無色結晶紫、結晶紫內酯、亮綠或維多利亞純藍-萘磺酸鹽為較佳。 From the viewpoint of the visibility of the exposed area and the non-exposed area, the visibility of the pattern after development, and the resolution, the pigment N is preferably a pigment whose maximum absorption wavelength is changed by free radicals. The pigment of color is better. As the dye N, leuco crystal violet, crystal violet lactone, brilliant green or Victoria pure blue-naphthalenesulfonate are preferable.

色素N可以單獨使用一種,亦可以使用兩種以上。 從曝光部及非曝光部的可見性、顯影後的圖案可見性及解析性的觀點而言,色素N的含量相對於感光性組成物層的總質量為0.1質量%以上為較佳,0.1~10質量%為更佳,0.1~5質量%為進一步較佳,0.1~1質量%為特佳。 One kind of dye N may be used alone, or two or more kinds may be used. From the viewpoint of the visibility of the exposed portion and the non-exposed portion, the visibility of the pattern after development, and the resolution, the content of the pigment N is preferably 0.1% by mass or more with respect to the total mass of the photosensitive composition layer, and 0.1 to 0.1% by mass. 10 mass % is more preferable, 0.1-5 mass % is further more preferable, and 0.1-1 mass % is especially preferable.

色素N的含量係指使感光性組成物層的總質量中所包含之色素N全部成為顯色狀態時之色素的含量。以下,以藉由自由基而顯色之色素為例子,對色素N的含量的定量方法進行說明。 製備在甲基乙基酮100mL中溶解色素0.001g及0.01g而成之溶液。向所得到之各溶液中加入光自由基聚合起始劑(商品名,Irgacure OXE01,BASF Japan Ltd.製造),並照射波長365nm的光,藉此產生自由基而使所有色素成為顯色狀態。然後,在大氣環境下,使用分光光度計(UV3100,Shimadzu Corporation製造)測量液溫為25℃的各溶液的吸光度,並製作校準曲線。 接著,代替色素而將感光性組成物層3g溶解於甲基乙基酮,除此以外,利用與上述相同的方法測量使色素全部顯色之溶液的吸光度。依據校準曲線,由所得到之包含感光性組成物層之溶液的吸光度算出感光性組成物層中所包含之色素的含量。 另外,感光性組成物層3g係與感光性組成物中的總固體成分3g相同。 The content of the dye N means the content of the dye when all the dye N contained in the total mass of the photosensitive composition layer is in a colored state. Hereinafter, a method for quantifying the content of the dye N will be described by taking a dye that develops color by radicals as an example. A solution in which 0.001 g and 0.01 g of a pigment were dissolved in 100 mL of methyl ethyl ketone was prepared. A photoradical polymerization initiator (trade name, Irgacure OXE01, manufactured by BASF Japan Ltd.) was added to each of the obtained solutions, and light with a wavelength of 365 nm was irradiated to generate radicals to bring all the pigments into a color-developed state. Then, under an atmospheric environment, the absorbance of each solution at a liquid temperature of 25° C. was measured using a spectrophotometer (UV3100, manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation), and a calibration curve was prepared. Next, except having dissolved 3 g of photosensitive composition layers in methyl ethyl ketone instead of a dye, the absorbance of the solution which color-developed all dyes was measured by the method similar to the above. Based on the calibration curve, the content of the pigment contained in the photosensitive composition layer was calculated from the absorbance of the obtained solution containing the photosensitive composition layer. In addition, the photosensitive composition layer 3g is the same as the total solid content 3g in the photosensitive composition.

(顏料) 感光性組成物層可以包含顏料。 當感光性組成物層包含顏料時,感光性組成物層對應於著色樹脂層。 近年來,電子機器所具有之液晶顯示窗上有時為了保護液晶顯示窗而安裝有在透明的玻璃基板等的背面周緣部形成有黑色的框狀遮光層之蓋玻璃(cover glass)。為了形成這種遮光層,可以使用著色樹脂層。 作為顏料,只要根據所期望的色相適當選擇即可,例如可以舉出黑色顏料、白色顏料以及除黑色及白色以外的彩色顏料,當形成黑色系的圖案時,作為顏料,黑色顏料為較佳。 (pigment) The photosensitive composition layer may contain a pigment. When the photosensitive composition layer contains a pigment, the photosensitive composition layer corresponds to a colored resin layer. In recent years, a cover glass having a black frame-shaped light-shielding layer formed on the back peripheral portion of a transparent glass substrate or the like is attached to a liquid crystal display window of an electronic device in order to protect the liquid crystal display window. In order to form such a light-shielding layer, a colored resin layer can be used. As a pigment, what is necessary is just to select suitably according to a desired hue, For example, black pigment, a white pigment, and color pigments other than black and white are mentioned. When forming a black pattern, a black pigment is preferable as a pigment.

作為黑色顏料,例如可以舉出公知的黑色顏料(例如,有機顏料及無機顏料等)。 其中,從光學濃度的觀點而言,作為黑色顏料,碳黑、氧化鈦、碳化鈦、氧化鐵或石墨為較佳,碳黑為更佳。作為碳黑,從表面電阻的觀點而言,表面的至少一部分被樹脂包覆之表面修飾碳黑為較佳。 As a black pigment, a well-known black pigment (for example, an organic pigment, an inorganic pigment, etc.) is mentioned, for example. Among these, carbon black, titanium oxide, titanium carbide, iron oxide, or graphite are preferred as the black pigment, and carbon black is more preferred, from the viewpoint of optical density. As the carbon black, a surface-modified carbon black in which at least a part of the surface is covered with a resin is preferable from the viewpoint of surface resistance.

從分散穩定性的觀點而言,黑色顏料的粒徑(數量平均粒徑)為0.001~0.1μm為較佳,0.01~0.08μm為更佳。 “粒徑”係指從用電子顯微鏡拍攝之顏料粒子的照片圖像求出顏料粒子的面積並考慮與顏料粒子的面積相同面積的圓時的圓的直徑。又,“數量平均粒徑”係指對任意100個粒子求出上述粒徑並對所求出之100個粒徑進行平均而得到之平均值。 From the viewpoint of dispersion stability, the particle diameter (number average particle diameter) of the black pigment is preferably 0.001 to 0.1 μm, more preferably 0.01 to 0.08 μm. "Particle size" refers to the diameter of a circle when the area of the pigment particle is calculated from a photographic image of the pigment particle taken with an electron microscope and a circle having the same area as the area of the pigment particle is considered. In addition, the "number average particle diameter" means the average value obtained by obtaining the said particle diameter for arbitrary 100 particles, and averaging the obtained 100 particle diameters.

作為白色顏料,例如可以舉出無機顏料、日本特開2005-007765號公報的[0015]及[0114]段落中所記載之白色顏料。 作為無機顏料,氧化鈦、氧化鋅、鋅鋇白、輕質碳酸鈣、白碳、氧化鋁、氫氧化鋁或硫酸鋇為較佳,氧化鈦或氧化鋅為更佳,氧化鈦為進一步較佳,金紅石型或銳鈦礦型的氧化鈦為特佳,金紅石型的氧化鈦為最佳。 又,氧化鈦的表面可以實施二氧化矽處理、氧化鋁處理、二氧化鈦處理、二氧化鋯處理或有機物處理,亦可以實施該等中的兩種以上的處理。藉此,氧化鈦的觸媒活性得到抑制,能夠改善耐熱性及褪光性。 從減薄加熱後的感光性組成物層的厚度之觀點而言,作為對氧化鈦的表面之表面處理,實施氧化鋁處理及二氧化鋯處理中的至少一者為較佳,實施氧化鋁處理及二氧化鋯處理這兩者為更佳。 Examples of white pigments include inorganic pigments and white pigments described in paragraphs [0015] and [0114] of JP-A-2005-007765. As the inorganic pigment, titanium oxide, zinc oxide, lithopone, light calcium carbonate, white carbon, aluminum oxide, aluminum hydroxide or barium sulfate are preferred, titanium oxide or zinc oxide is more preferred, titanium oxide is further preferred , rutile-type or anatase-type titanium oxide is particularly preferred, and rutile-type titanium oxide is most preferred. In addition, the surface of titanium oxide may be treated with silica, alumina, titania, zirconia, or organic matter, or two or more of these treatments may be performed. Thereby, the catalytic activity of titanium oxide is suppressed, and heat resistance and delustering properties can be improved. From the viewpoint of reducing the thickness of the photosensitive composition layer after heating, it is preferable to perform at least one of alumina treatment and zirconia treatment as the surface treatment on the surface of titanium oxide, and to perform alumina treatment and zirconium dioxide treatment are both better.

當感光性組成物層為著色樹脂層時,從轉印性的觀點而言,感光性組成物層包含除黑色顏料及白色顏料以外的彩色顏料亦為較佳。 作為彩色顏料的粒徑(數量平均粒徑),從分散性更優異的觀點而言,0.1μm以下為較佳,0.08μm以下為更佳。下限為10nm以上為較佳。 作為彩色顏料,例如可以舉出維多利亞純藍BO(Color Index(比色指數)(以下,亦稱為“C.I.”)42595)、金黃胺(C.I.41000)、脂肪黑(fat black)HB(C.I.26150)、莫諾萊特黃(monolight yellow)GT(C.I.顏料黃12)、永久黃(permanent yellow)GR(C.I.顏料黃17)、永久黃HR(C.I.顏料黃83)、永久胭脂紅(permanent carmine)FBB(C.I.顏料紅146)、赫斯塔巴姆紅(hostaperm red)ESB(C.I.顏料紫19)、永久寶石紅(permanent ruby)FBH(C.I.顏料紅11)、法斯特爾粉紅(pastel pink)B司普拉(supura)(C.I.顏料紅81)、莫納斯特拉堅牢藍(monastral fast blue)(C.I.顏料藍15)、莫諾萊特堅牢黑B(C.I.顏料黑1)及碳、C.I.顏料紅97、C.I.顏料紅122、C.I.顏料紅149、C.I.顏料紅168、C.I.顏料紅177、C.I.顏料紅180、C.I.顏料紅192、C.I.顏料紅215、C.I.顏料綠7、C.I.顏料藍15:1、C.I.顏料藍15:4、C.I.顏料藍22、C.I.顏料藍60、C.I.顏料藍64及C.I.顏料紫23,C.I.顏料紅177為較佳。 When the photosensitive composition layer is a colored resin layer, it is also preferable that the photosensitive composition layer contains color pigments other than black pigments and white pigments from the viewpoint of transferability. The particle size (number average particle size) of the color pigment is preferably 0.1 μm or less, more preferably 0.08 μm or less, from the viewpoint of better dispersibility. The lower limit is preferably at least 10 nm. Examples of color pigments include Victoria Pure Blue BO (Color Index (Color Index) (hereinafter, also referred to as "C.I.") 42595), auretamine (C.I. 41000), fat black (fat black) HB (C.I. 26150 ), monolight yellow GT (C.I. Pigment Yellow 12), permanent yellow GR (C.I. Pigment Yellow 17), permanent yellow HR (C.I. Pigment Yellow 83), permanent carmine (permanent carmine) FBB (C.I. Pigment Red 146), Hestaperm Red (hostaperm red) ESB (C.I. Pigment Violet 19), Permanent Ruby (permanent ruby) FBH (C.I. Pigment Red 11), Fastel Pink (pastel pink) B Supura (C.I. Pigment Red 81), monastral fast blue (C.I. Pigment Blue 15), Monolette Fast Black B (C.I. Pigment Black 1) and Carbon, C.I. Pigment Red 97, C.I. Pigment Red 122, C.I. Pigment Red 149, C.I. Pigment Red 168, C.I. Pigment Red 177, C.I. Pigment Red 180, C.I. Pigment Red 192, C.I. Pigment Red 215, C.I. Pigment Green 7, C.I. Pigment Blue 15:1, C.I. Pigment Blue 15:4, C.I. Pigment Blue 22, C.I. Pigment Blue 60, C.I. Pigment Blue 64, C.I. Pigment Violet 23, and C.I. Pigment Red 177 are preferred.

顏料可以單獨使用一種,亦可以使用兩種以上。 顏料的含量相對於感光性組成物層的總質量超過3質量%且40質量%以下為較佳,超過3質量%且35質量%以下為更佳,超過5質量%且35質量%以下為進一步較佳,10~35質量%為特佳。 One kind of pigment may be used alone, or two or more kinds may be used. The pigment content is preferably more than 3% by mass and not more than 40% by mass relative to the total mass of the photosensitive composition layer, more preferably more than 3% by mass and not more than 35% by mass, more preferably more than 5% by mass and not more than 35% by mass. More preferably, 10 to 35% by mass is particularly preferred.

當感光性組成物層包含除黑色顏料以外的顏料(例如,白色顏料及彩色顏料等)時,除黑色顏料以外的顏料的含量相對於黑色顏料的總質量為30質量%以下為較佳,1~20質量%為更佳,3~15質量%為進一步較佳。When the photosensitive composition layer contains pigments other than black pigments (for example, white pigments and color pigments, etc.), the content of pigments other than black pigments is preferably 30% by mass or less relative to the total mass of black pigments, 1 -20 mass % is more preferable, and 3-15 mass % is still more preferable.

當感光性組成物層包含黑色顏料時,黑色顏料(較佳為碳黑)以顏料分散液的形態導入到感光性組成物中為較佳。 分散液可以為藉由將事先混合黑色顏料和顏料分散劑而得到之混合物加入到有機溶劑(或媒液(vehicle))中並利用分散機分散而製備者。顏料分散劑只要根據顏料及溶劑選擇即可,例如能夠使用市售的分散劑。 “媒液”係指製成顏料分散液時使顏料分散之媒質部分。上述媒液為液狀,包含以分散狀態保持黑色顏料之黏合劑成分和溶解及稀釋黏合劑成分之溶劑成分(有機溶劑)。 When the photosensitive composition layer contains a black pigment, it is preferred that the black pigment (preferably carbon black) be introduced into the photosensitive composition in the form of a pigment dispersion. The dispersion liquid may be prepared by adding a mixture obtained by mixing a black pigment and a pigment dispersant in advance to an organic solvent (or vehicle) and dispersing with a disperser. What is necessary is just to select a pigment dispersant according to a pigment and a solvent, For example, a commercially available dispersant can be used. "Vehicle" refers to the part of the medium that disperses the pigment when preparing the pigment dispersion. The above-mentioned vehicle is liquid and contains a binder component that maintains the black pigment in a dispersed state and a solvent component (organic solvent) that dissolves and dilutes the binder component.

作為分散機,例如可以舉出捏合機、輥磨機、磨碎機(attritor)、超級研磨機(super mill)、溶解器、均質混合器及砂磨機等公知的分散機。 又,亦可以藉由機械式磨碎,利用摩擦力進行微粉碎。作為分散機及微粉碎,例如可以舉出“顏料詞典”(朝倉邦造著、第一版、朝倉書店、2000年、438頁、310頁)的記載。 Examples of the dispersing machine include known dispersing machines such as a kneader, a roll mill, an attritor, a super mill, a dissolver, a homomixer, and a sand mill. In addition, fine pulverization can also be carried out by mechanical grinding using frictional force. Examples of the disperser and fine pulverization include the descriptions in "Paint Dictionary" (by Kunizo Asakura, first edition, Asakura Shoten, 2000, pages 438 and 310).

(其他添加劑) 感光性組成物層除了上述成分以外,根據需要可以包含公知的添加劑。 作為添加劑,例如可以舉出自由基聚合抑制劑、抗氧化劑(例如,菲尼酮等)、防銹劑(例如,苯并三唑類及羧基苯并三唑類等)、增感劑、界面活性劑、塑化劑、雜環狀化合物(例如,三唑等)、吡啶類(例如,異菸鹼醯胺等)及嘌呤鹼(例如,腺嘌呤等)。 又,作為其他添加劑,例如可以舉出金屬氧化物粒子、鏈轉移劑、抗氧化劑、分散劑、酸增殖劑、顯影促進劑、導電性纖維、紫外線吸收劑、增黏劑、交聯劑、有機或無機的沈澱防止劑及日本特開2014-085643號公報的[0165]~[0184]段落,該等內容被編入本說明書中。 各添加劑可以單獨使用一種,亦可以使用兩種以上。 (other additives) The photosensitive composition layer may contain known additives as needed in addition to the above components. Examples of additives include radical polymerization inhibitors, antioxidants (for example, phenidone, etc.), rust inhibitors (for example, benzotriazoles and carboxybenzotriazoles, etc.), sensitizers, interface Active agents, plasticizers, heterocyclic compounds (eg, triazoles, etc.), pyridines (eg, isonicotinamide, etc.), and purine bases (eg, adenine, etc.). In addition, examples of other additives include metal oxide particles, chain transfer agents, antioxidants, dispersants, acid multiplying agents, development accelerators, conductive fibers, ultraviolet absorbers, thickeners, crosslinking agents, organic or inorganic precipitation inhibitors and paragraphs [0165] to [0184] of JP-A-2014-085643, the contents of which are incorporated in this specification. Each additive may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

感光性組成物層可以包含自由基聚合抑制劑。 作為自由基聚合抑制劑,例如可以舉出日本專利第4502784號公報的[0018]段落中所記載之熱聚合抑制劑。其中,啡噻口井、啡口咢口井或4-甲氧基苯酚為較佳。作為其他自由基聚合抑制劑,可以舉出萘胺、氯化銅(I)、N-亞硝基苯基羥基胺鋁鹽及二苯基亞硝基胺等。為了不損害感光性組成物層的靈敏度,將N-亞硝基苯基羥基胺鋁鹽用作自由基聚合抑制劑為較佳。 自由基聚合抑制劑的含量相對於聚合性化合物總質量為0.005~5.0質量%為較佳,0.01~3.0質量%為更佳,0.01~1.0質量%為進一步較佳。 The photosensitive composition layer may contain a radical polymerization inhibitor. Examples of radical polymerization inhibitors include thermal polymerization inhibitors described in paragraph [0018] of Japanese Patent No. 4502784. Among them, phenothiazine, phenanthamide, or 4-methoxyphenol is preferred. Examples of other radical polymerization inhibitors include naphthylamine, copper (I) chloride, N-nitrosophenylhydroxylamine aluminum salt, diphenylnitrosoamine, and the like. In order not to impair the sensitivity of the photosensitive composition layer, it is preferable to use N-nitrosophenylhydroxylamine aluminum salt as a radical polymerization inhibitor. The content of the radical polymerization inhibitor is preferably from 0.005 to 5.0% by mass, more preferably from 0.01 to 3.0% by mass, and still more preferably from 0.01 to 1.0% by mass, based on the total mass of the polymerizable compound.

作為苯并三唑類,例如可以舉出1,2,3-苯并三唑、1-氯-1,2,3-苯并三唑、雙(N-2-乙基己基)胺基亞甲基-1,2,3-苯并三唑、雙(N-2-乙基己基)胺基亞甲基-1,2,3-甲苯基三唑及雙(N-2-羥基乙基)胺基亞甲基-1,2,3-苯并三唑等。Examples of benzotriazoles include 1,2,3-benzotriazole, 1-chloro-1,2,3-benzotriazole, bis(N-2-ethylhexyl)amino Methyl-1,2,3-benzotriazole, bis(N-2-ethylhexyl)aminomethylene-1,2,3-tolyltriazole and bis(N-2-hydroxyethyl ) Aminomethylene-1,2,3-benzotriazole, etc.

作為羧基苯并三唑類,例如可以舉出4-羧基-1,2,3-苯并三唑、5-羧基-1,2,3-苯并三唑、N-(N,N-二-2-乙基己基)胺基亞甲基羧基苯并三唑、N-(N,N-二-2-羥基乙基)胺基亞甲基羧基苯并三唑及N-(N,N-二-2-乙基己基)胺基伸乙基羧基苯并三唑等。作為羧基苯并三唑類,例如能夠使用CBT-1(JOHOKU CHEMICAL CO.,LTD.,商品名)等市售品。Examples of carboxybenzotriazoles include 4-carboxy-1,2,3-benzotriazole, 5-carboxy-1,2,3-benzotriazole, N-(N,N-di -2-ethylhexyl)aminomethylenecarboxybenzotriazole, N-(N,N-di-2-hydroxyethyl)aminomethylenecarboxybenzotriazole and N-(N,N - Di-2-ethylhexyl)aminoethylenylcarboxybenzotriazole and the like. As carboxybenzotriazoles, commercial items such as CBT-1 (JOHOKU CHEMICAL CO., LTD., brand name) can be used, for example.

苯并三唑類及羧基苯并三唑類的合計含量相對於感光性組成物層的總質量為0.01~3質量%為較佳,0.05~1質量%為更佳。當含量為0.01質量%以上時,感光性組成物層的保存穩定性更優異。另一方面,當含量為3質量%以下時,靈敏度的維持及染料的脫色的抑制更優異。The total content of benzotriazoles and carboxybenzotriazoles is preferably from 0.01 to 3% by mass, more preferably from 0.05 to 1% by mass, based on the total mass of the photosensitive composition layer. When the content is 0.01% by mass or more, the storage stability of the photosensitive composition layer is more excellent. On the other hand, when the content is 3% by mass or less, the maintenance of sensitivity and the suppression of decolorization of the dye are more excellent.

作為界面活性劑,例如可以舉出日本專利第4502784號公報的[0017]段落及日本特開2009-237362號公報的[0060]~[0071]段落中所記載之界面活性劑。Examples of the surfactant include those described in paragraph [0017] of Japanese Patent No. 4502784 and paragraphs [0060] to [0071] of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2009-237362.

作為界面活性劑,非離子系界面活性劑、氟系界面活性劑或矽酮系界面活性劑為較佳。 作為氟系界面活性劑的市售品,例如可以舉出MEGAFACE F-171、F-172、F-173、F-176、F-177、F-141、F-142、F-143、F-144、F-437、F-475、F-477、F-479、F-482、F-551-A、F-552、F-554、F-555-A、F-556、F-557、F-558、F-559、F-560、F-561、F-565、F-563、F-568、F-575、F-780、EXP.MFS-330、EXP.MFS-578、EXP.MFS-579、EXP.MFS-586、EXP.MFS-587、EXP.MFS--628、EXP.MFS-631、EXP.MFS-603、R-41、R-41-LM、R-01、R-40、R-40-LM、RS-43、TF-1956、RS-90、R-94、RS-72-K、DS-21(以上為DIC Corporation製造)、Fluorad FC430、FC431、FC171(以上為Sumitomo 3M Limited製造)、Surflon S-382、SC-101、SC-103、SC-104、SC-105、SC-1068、SC-381、SC-383、S-393、KH-40(以上為AGC Inc.製造)、PolyFox PF636、PF656、PF6320、PF6520、PF7002(以上為OMNOVA Solutions Inc.製造)、Ftergent 710FL、710FM、610FM、601AD、601ADH2、602A、215M、245F、251、212M、250、209F、222F、208G、710LA、710FS、730LM、650AC、681、683(以上為Neos Corporation製造)、U-120E(UNICHEM CO.,LTD.製造)等。 又,氟系界面活性劑亦能夠較佳地使用丙烯酸系化合物,該丙烯酸系化合物為具有包含含有氟原子之官能基之分子結構,且施加熱時含有氟原子之官能基部分被切斷,從而氟原子揮發。作為這種氟系界面活性劑,可以舉出DIC Corporation製造之MEGAFACE DS系列(化學工業日報(2016年2月22日)、日經產業新聞(2016年2月23日)),例如MEGAFACE DS-21。 又,作為氟系界面活性劑,使用具有氟化烷基或氟化伸烷基醚基之含氟原子之乙烯醚化合物與親水性乙烯醚化合物的聚合物亦為較佳。 又,作為氟系界面活性劑,亦能夠使用封端聚合物。 又,作為氟系界面活性劑,亦能夠較佳地使用含氟高分子化合物,該含氟高分子化合物包含來自於具有氟原子之(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物之構成單元和來自於具有2個以上(較佳為5個以上)伸烷氧基(較佳為伸乙氧基、伸丙氧基)之(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物之構成單元。 又,作為氟系界面活性劑,還能夠使用在側鏈中具有含有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基之含氟聚合物。可以舉出MEGAFACE RS-101、RS-102、RS-718K、RS-72-K(以上為DIC Corporation製造)等。 As the surfactant, a nonionic surfactant, a fluorine-based surfactant, or a silicone-based surfactant is preferable. Examples of commercially available fluorine-based surfactants include MEGAFACE F-171, F-172, F-173, F-176, F-177, F-141, F-142, F-143, F- 144, F-437, F-475, F-477, F-479, F-482, F-551-A, F-552, F-554, F-555-A, F-556, F-557, F-558, F-559, F-560, F-561, F-565, F-563, F-568, F-575, F-780, EXP.MFS-330, EXP.MFS-578, EXP. MFS-579, EXP.MFS-586, EXP.MFS-587, EXP.MFS--628, EXP.MFS-631, EXP.MFS-603, R-41, R-41-LM, R-01, R -40, R-40-LM, RS-43, TF-1956, RS-90, R-94, RS-72-K, DS-21 (the above are manufactured by DIC Corporation), Fluorad FC430, FC431, FC171 (the above Manufactured for Sumitomo 3M Limited), Surflon S-382, SC-101, SC-103, SC-104, SC-105, SC-1068, SC-381, SC-383, S-393, KH-40 (the above are AGC Inc.), PolyFox PF636, PF656, PF6320, PF6520, PF7002 (the above are manufactured by OMNOVA Solutions Inc.), Ftergent 710FL, 710FM, 610FM, 601AD, 601ADH2, 602A, 215M, 245F, 251, 212M, 250, 209F , 222F, 208G, 710LA, 710FS, 730LM, 650AC, 681, 683 (manufactured by Neos Corporation), U-120E (manufactured by UNICHEM CO., LTD.), etc. Also, as the fluorine-based surfactant, an acrylic compound having a molecular structure including a functional group containing a fluorine atom is preferably used, and when heat is applied, the functional group containing a fluorine atom is cut off, thereby Fluorine atoms evaporate. Examples of such fluorine-based surfactants include the MEGAFACE DS series manufactured by DIC Corporation (Chemical Industry Daily (February 22, 2016), Nikkei Sangyo Shimbun (February 23, 2016)), such as MEGAFACE DS- twenty one. Furthermore, it is also preferable to use a polymer of a fluorine atom-containing vinyl ether compound having a fluorinated alkyl group or a fluorinated alkylene ether group and a hydrophilic vinyl ether compound as the fluorine-based surfactant. In addition, a blocked polymer can also be used as the fluorine-based surfactant. Also, as a fluorine-based surfactant, a fluorine-containing polymer compound comprising a constituent unit derived from a (meth)acrylate compound having a fluorine atom and a structure unit derived from a (meth)acrylate compound having two A constituent unit of the (meth)acrylate compound of the above (preferably 5 or more) alkoxyl groups (preferably ethoxyl groups, propoxyl groups). Moreover, as a fluorine-type surfactant, the fluorine-containing polymer which has a group containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond in a side chain can also be used. Examples thereof include MEGAFACE RS-101, RS-102, RS-718K, and RS-72-K (the above are manufactured by DIC Corporation) and the like.

從提高環境適性之觀點而言,作為氟系界面活性劑,來自於全氟辛酸(PFOA)及全氟辛烷磺酸(PFOS)等具有碳數為7以上的直鏈狀全氟烷基之化合物的替代材料之界面活性劑為較佳。 作為非離子系界面活性劑,可以舉出甘油、三羥甲基丙烷、三羥甲基乙烷以及該等的乙氧基化物及丙氧基化物(例如,甘油丙氧基化物、甘油乙氧基化物等)、聚氧乙烯月桂基醚、聚氧乙烯硬脂基醚、聚氧乙烯油烯基醚、聚氧乙烯辛基苯基醚、聚氧乙烯壬基苯基醚、聚乙二醇二月桂酸酯、聚乙二醇二硬脂酸酯、脫水山梨糖醇脂肪酸酯等。作為具體例,可以舉出Pluronic L10、L31、L61、L62、10R5、17R2、25R2、HYDROPALAT WE 3323(以上為BASF公司製造)、Tetronic 304、701、704、901、904、150R1(以上為BASF公司製造)、Solsperse 20000(以上為Lubrizol Japan Limited.製造)、NCW-101、NCW-1001、NCW-1002(以上為FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation製造)、PIONIN D-1105、D-6112、D-6112-W、D-6315(以上為Takemoto Oil & Fat Co.,Ltd.製造)、Olfine E1010、Surfynol 104、400、440(以上為Nissin Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)等。 From the viewpoint of improving environmental suitability, fluorine-based surfactants are derived from compounds having a linear perfluoroalkyl group with 7 or more carbon atoms, such as perfluorooctanoic acid (PFOA) and perfluorooctanesulfonic acid (PFOS). The surfactant of the alternative material is preferred. As the nonionic surfactant, glycerin, trimethylolpropane, trimethylolethane, and their ethoxylates and propoxylates (for example, glycerin propoxylate, glycerin ethoxylate, etc.) base compounds, etc.), polyoxyethylene lauryl ether, polyoxyethylene stearyl ether, polyoxyethylene oleyl ether, polyoxyethylene octylphenyl ether, polyoxyethylene nonylphenyl ether, polyethylene glycol Dilaurate, polyethylene glycol distearate, sorbitan fatty acid ester, etc. Specific examples include Pluronic L10, L31, L61, L62, 10R5, 17R2, 25R2, HYDROPALAT WE 3323 (manufactured by BASF Corporation), Tetronic 304, 701, 704, 901, 904, 150R1 (manufactured by BASF Corporation). Manufactured), Solsperse 20000 (manufactured by Lubrizol Japan Limited.), NCW-101, NCW-1001, NCW-1002 (manufactured by FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation), PIONIN D-1105, D-6112, D-6112- W, D-6315 (manufactured by Takemoto Oil & Fat Co., Ltd. above), Olfine E1010, Surfynol 104, 400, 440 (manufactured by Nissin Chemical Co., Ltd. above), etc.

作為矽酮系界面活性劑,可以舉出由矽氧烷鍵構成之直鏈狀聚合物及在側鏈或末端導入有有機基之改質矽氧烷聚合物。Examples of silicone-based surfactants include linear polymers composed of siloxane bonds and modified siloxane polymers having organic groups introduced into side chains or terminals.

作為矽酮系界面活性劑的具體例,可以舉出EXP.S-309-2、EXP.S-315、EXP.S-503-2、EXP.S-505-2(以上為DIC Corporation製造)、DOWSIL 8032 ADDITIVE、Toray Silicone DC3PA、Toray Silicone SH7PA、Toray Silicone DC11PA、Toray Silicone SH21PA、Toray Silicone SH28PA、Toray Silicone SH29PA、Toray Silicone SH30PA、Toray Silicone SH8400(以上為Dow Corning Toray Co.,Ltd.製造)以及X-22-4952、X-22-4272、X-22-6266、KF-351A、K354L、KF-355A、KF-945、KF-640、KF-642、KF-643、X-22-6191、X-22-4515、KF-6004、KP-341、KF-6001、KF-6002、KP-101、KP-103、KP-104、KP-105、KP-106、KP-109、KP-112、KP-120、KP-121、KP-124、KP-125、KP-301、KP-306、KP-310、KP-322、KP-323、KP-327、KP-341、KP-368、KP-369、KP-611、KP-620、KP-621、KP-626、KP-652(以上為Shin-Etsu Silicone Co.,Ltd.(製造)、F-4440、TSF-4300、TSF-4445、TSF-4460、TSF-4452(以上為Momentive Performance Materials Inc.製造)、BYK300、BYK306、BYK307、BYK310、BYK320、BYK323、BYK325、BYK330、BYK313、BYK315N、BYK331、BYK333、BYK345、BYK347、BYK348、BYK349、BYK370、BYK377、BYK378(以上為BYK Chemie公司製造)等。Specific examples of silicone-based surfactants include EXP.S-309-2, EXP.S-315, EXP.S-503-2, and EXP.S-505-2 (manufactured by DIC Corporation). , DOWSIL 8032 ADDITIVE, Toray Silicone DC3PA, Toray Silicone SH7PA, Toray Silicone DC11PA, Toray Silicone SH21PA, Toray Silicone SH28PA, Toray Silicone SH29PA, Toray Silicone SH30PA, Toray Silicone SH8400 (manufactured by Dow Corning Toray Co.,Ltd. X-22-4952, X-22-4272, X-22-6266, KF-351A, K354L, KF-355A, KF-945, KF-640, KF-642, KF-643, X-22-6191, X-22-4515, KF-6004, KP-341, KF-6001, KF-6002, KP-101, KP-103, KP-104, KP-105, KP-106, KP-109, KP-112, KP-120, KP-121, KP-124, KP-125, KP-301, KP-306, KP-310, KP-322, KP-323, KP-327, KP-341, KP-368, KP- 369, KP-611, KP-620, KP-621, KP-626, KP-652 (the above are Shin-Etsu Silicone Co., Ltd. (manufactured), F-4440, TSF-4300, TSF-4445, TSF -4460、TSF-4452(以上為Momentive Performance Materials Inc.製造)、BYK300、BYK306、BYK307、BYK310、BYK320、BYK323、BYK325、BYK330、BYK313、BYK315N、BYK331、BYK333、BYK345、BYK347、BYK348、BYK349、BYK370 , BYK377, BYK378 (the above are manufactured by BYK Chemie), etc.

界面活性劑可以單獨使用一種,亦可以使用兩種以上。 當感光性組成物層包含界面活性劑時,界面活性劑的含量相對於感光性組成物層總質量為0.01~3.0質量%為較佳,0.01~1.0質量%為更佳,0.05~0.80質量%為進一步較佳。 Surfactants may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When the photosensitive composition layer contains a surfactant, the content of the surfactant is preferably 0.01 to 3.0% by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 1.0% by mass, and 0.05 to 0.80% by mass relative to the total mass of the photosensitive composition layer. for further improvement.

從提高可靠性及層壓性之觀點而言,感光性組成物層中的水的含量相對於感光性組成物層總質量為0.01~1.0質量%為較佳,0.05~0.5質量%為更佳。From the viewpoint of improving reliability and lamination, the content of water in the photosensitive composition layer is preferably 0.01 to 1.0% by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 0.5% by mass, relative to the total mass of the photosensitive composition layer .

感光性組成物層的層厚(膜厚)一般為0.1~300μm,0.2~100μm為較佳,0.5~50μm為更佳,0.5~15μm為進一步較佳,0.5~10μm為特佳,0.5~8μm為最佳。藉此,能夠提高感光性組成物層的顯影性,並提高解析性。 又,在一態樣中,0.5~5μm為較佳,0.5~4μm為更佳,0.5~3μm為進一步較佳。 The layer thickness (film thickness) of the photosensitive composition layer is generally 0.1 to 300 μm, preferably 0.2 to 100 μm, more preferably 0.5 to 50 μm, more preferably 0.5 to 15 μm, particularly preferably 0.5 to 10 μm, and 0.5 to 8 μm for the best. Thereby, the developability of a photosensitive composition layer can be improved, and resolution can be improved. Moreover, in one aspect, 0.5-5 μm is preferable, 0.5-4 μm is more preferable, and 0.5-3 μm is still more preferable.

(雜質等) 感光性組成物層有時包含雜質。 作為雜質,例如可以舉出金屬雜質或其離子、鹵化物離子、殘餘有機溶劑及殘餘單體。 (impurities, etc.) The photosensitive composition layer may contain impurities. Examples of impurities include metal impurities or ions thereof, halide ions, residual organic solvents, and residual monomers.

作為金屬雜質,例如可以舉出鈉、鉀、鎂、鈣、鐵、錳、銅、鋁、鈦、鉻、鈷、鎳、鋅、錫及該等的離子以及鹵化物離子。 其中,從容易混入之觀點而言,鈉離子、鉀離子及鹵化物離子設為下述含量為較佳。 金屬雜質係與可以包含於轉印膜中之上述粒子(例如,金屬氧化物粒子)不同的化合物。 Examples of metal impurities include sodium, potassium, magnesium, calcium, iron, manganese, copper, aluminum, titanium, chromium, cobalt, nickel, zinc, tin, and their ions and halide ions. Among them, from the viewpoint of easy mixing, sodium ions, potassium ions, and halide ions are preferably contained in the following contents. The metal impurities are compounds different from the above-mentioned particles (for example, metal oxide particles) that may be contained in the transfer film.

金屬雜質的含量相對於感光性組成物層的總質量為80質量ppm以下為較佳,10質量ppm以下為更佳,2質量ppm以下為進一步較佳。下限為1質量ppb以上為較佳,0.1質量ppm以上為更佳。The content of metal impurities is preferably 80 mass ppm or less, more preferably 10 mass ppm or less, and still more preferably 2 mass ppm or less with respect to the total mass of the photosensitive composition layer. The lower limit is preferably at least 1 mass ppb, more preferably at least 0.1 mass ppm.

作為調整雜質的含量之方法,例如可以舉出選擇雜質的含量少者作為感光性組成物層的原料之方法以及在形成感光性組成物層時防止雜質的混入之方法及清洗去除之方法。 雜質的含量例如能夠藉由ICP發光分光分析法、原子吸收光譜法及離子層析法等公知的方法來定量。 As a method of adjusting the content of impurities, for example, a method of selecting a material with a low content of impurities as a raw material of the photosensitive composition layer, a method of preventing impurities from entering the photosensitive composition layer, and a method of washing and removing them are mentioned. The content of impurities can be quantified by known methods such as ICP emission spectrometry, atomic absorption spectrometry, and ion chromatography, for example.

作為殘餘有機溶劑,例如可以舉出苯、甲醛、三氯乙烯、1,3-丁二烯、四氯化碳、氯仿、N,N-二甲基甲醯胺、N,N-二甲基乙醯胺及己烷。 殘餘有機溶劑的含量相對於感光性組成物層的總質量為100質量ppm以下為較佳,20質量ppm以下為更佳,4質量ppm以下為進一步較佳。下限相對於感光性組成物層的總質量為10質量ppb以上為較佳,100質量ppb以上為更佳。 作為調整殘餘有機溶劑的含量之方法,可以舉出調整後述之轉印膜的製造方法中的乾燥處理條件之方法。又,殘餘有機溶劑的含量例如能夠藉由氣相層析分析等公知的方法來定量。 Examples of residual organic solvents include benzene, formaldehyde, trichloroethylene, 1,3-butadiene, carbon tetrachloride, chloroform, N,N-dimethylformamide, N,N-dimethyl Acetamide and hexane. The content of the residual organic solvent is preferably at most 100 mass ppm with respect to the total mass of the photosensitive composition layer, more preferably at most 20 mass ppm, still more preferably at most 4 mass ppm. The lower limit is preferably at least 10 mass ppb with respect to the total mass of the photosensitive composition layer, more preferably at least 100 mass ppb. As a method of adjusting content of a residual organic solvent, the method of adjusting the drying process conditions in the manufacturing method of the transfer film mentioned later is mentioned. Moreover, content of a residual organic solvent can be quantified by a well-known method, such as a gas chromatography analysis, for example.

從提高可靠性及層壓性之觀點而言,感光性組成物層中的水的含量相對於感光性組成物層總質量為0.01~1.0質量%為較佳,0.05~0.5質量%為更佳。From the viewpoint of improving reliability and lamination, the content of water in the photosensitive composition layer is preferably 0.01 to 1.0% by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 0.5% by mass, relative to the total mass of the photosensitive composition layer .

[中間層] 轉印膜在偽支撐體與感光性組成物層之間具有中間層為較佳。 作為中間層,例如可以舉出水溶性樹脂層及在日本特開平5-072724號公報中作為“分離層”而記載之具有阻氧功能之阻氧層。 作為中間層,從曝光時的靈敏度提高而曝光機的時間負荷降低從而生產性提高之觀點而言,阻氧層為較佳,顯示出低透氧性且分散或溶解於水或鹼水溶液(22℃的碳酸鈉的1質量%水溶液)之阻氧層為更佳。 以下,對水溶性樹脂層(中間層)可以包含之各成分進行說明。 [middle layer] The transfer film preferably has an intermediate layer between the dummy support and the photosensitive composition layer. Examples of the intermediate layer include a water-soluble resin layer and an oxygen barrier layer having an oxygen barrier function described as a "separation layer" in JP-A-5-072724. As an intermediate layer, an oxygen barrier layer is preferable from the standpoint of improving the sensitivity at the time of exposure and reducing the time load of the exposure machine to improve productivity, and exhibits low oxygen permeability and is dispersed or dissolved in water or an aqueous alkali solution (22 1 mass % aqueous solution of sodium carbonate at ℃) the oxygen barrier layer is more preferable. Hereinafter, each component which can be contained in a water-soluble resin layer (intermediate layer) is demonstrated.

水溶性樹脂層(中間層)包含樹脂。 上述樹脂包含水溶性樹脂作為其一部分或全部為較佳。 作為能夠用作水溶性樹脂之樹脂,例如可以舉出聚乙烯醇系樹脂、聚乙烯吡咯啶酮系樹脂、纖維素系樹脂、丙烯醯胺系樹脂、聚環氧乙烷系樹脂、明膠、乙烯醚系樹脂、聚醯胺樹脂及該等的共聚物等樹脂。 又,作為水溶性樹脂,亦能夠使用(甲基)丙烯酸/乙烯基化合物的共聚物等。作為(甲基)丙烯酸/乙烯基化合物的共聚物,(甲基)丙烯酸/(甲基)丙烯酸烯丙酯的共聚物為較佳,甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸烯丙酯的共聚物為更佳。 當水溶性樹脂為(甲基)丙烯酸/乙烯基化合物的共聚物時,作為各組成比(莫耳%),例如為90/10~20/80為較佳,80/20~30/70為更佳。 The water-soluble resin layer (intermediate layer) contains resin. It is preferable that the above-mentioned resin contains a water-soluble resin as part or all of it. Examples of resins that can be used as water-soluble resins include polyvinyl alcohol-based resins, polyvinylpyrrolidone-based resins, cellulose-based resins, acrylamide-based resins, polyethylene oxide-based resins, gelatin, vinyl Resins such as ether-based resins, polyamide resins, and copolymers thereof. Moreover, as a water-soluble resin, the copolymer of (meth)acrylic acid/vinyl compound etc. can also be used. As (meth)acrylic acid/vinyl compound copolymers, (meth)acrylic acid/allyl (meth)acrylate copolymers are preferred, and methacrylic acid/allyl methacrylate copolymers are more preferred. good. When the water-soluble resin is a copolymer of (meth)acrylic acid/vinyl compound, the composition ratios (mole %) are, for example, preferably 90/10 to 20/80, and 80/20 to 30/70 are better.

作為水溶性樹脂的重量平均分子量的下限值,5000以上為較佳,7000以上為更佳,10000以上為進一步較佳。又,作為其上限值,200000以下為較佳,100000以下為更佳,50000以下為進一步較佳。 水溶性樹脂的分散度(Mw/Mn)為1~10為較佳,1~5為更佳。 The lower limit of the weight average molecular weight of the water-soluble resin is preferably at least 5,000, more preferably at least 7,000, and still more preferably at least 10,000. Moreover, as the upper limit value, 200,000 or less is preferable, 100,000 or less is more preferable, 50,000 or less is still more preferable. The degree of dispersion (Mw/Mn) of the water-soluble resin is preferably 1-10, more preferably 1-5.

水溶性樹脂可以單獨使用一種,亦可以使用兩種以上。 水溶性樹脂的含量並不受特別限制,但在進一步提高阻氧性以及層間混合抑制能力之觀點上,相對於水溶性樹脂層(中間層)的總質量為50質量%以上為較佳,70質量%以上為更佳,80質量%以上為進一步較佳,90質量%以上為特佳。另外,作為其上限值,並不受特別限制,例如99.9質量%以下為較佳,99.8質量%以下為進一步較佳。 One kind of water-soluble resin may be used alone, or two or more kinds may be used. The content of the water-soluble resin is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of further improving the oxygen barrier property and interlayer mixing suppression ability, it is better to be 50% by mass or more relative to the total mass of the water-soluble resin layer (intermediate layer), and 70% by mass. Mass % or more is more preferable, 80 mass % or more is more preferable, and 90 mass % or more is especially preferable. In addition, the upper limit is not particularly limited, for example, it is preferably 99.9% by mass or less, and more preferably 99.8% by mass or less.

中間層除了上述水溶性樹脂以外,可以包含其他成分。 作為其他成分,多元醇類、多元醇類的環氧烷加成物、酚衍生物或醯胺化合物為較佳,多元醇類、酚衍生物或醯胺化合物為更佳。 又,作為其他成分,例如還可以舉出公知的界面活性劑。 The intermediate layer may contain other components in addition to the above-mentioned water-soluble resin. As other components, polyols, alkylene oxide adducts of polyols, phenol derivatives, or amide compounds are preferable, and polyols, phenol derivatives, or amide compounds are more preferable. Moreover, as another component, a well-known surfactant is also mentioned, for example.

作為多元醇類,例如可以舉出甘油、二甘油及二乙二醇。 作為多元醇類所具有之羥基的數量,2~10為較佳。 作為多元醇類的環氧烷加成物,例如可以舉出在上述多元醇類上加成有伸乙氧基及伸丙氧基等之化合物。 伸烷氧基的平均加成數為1~100為較佳,2~50為更佳,2~20為進一步較佳。 作為酚衍生物,例如可以舉出雙酚A及雙酚S。 作為醯胺化合物,例如可以舉出N-甲基吡咯啶酮。 Examples of polyhydric alcohols include glycerin, diglycerin, and diethylene glycol. As the number of the hydroxyl groups which polyols have, 2-10 are preferable. Examples of the alkylene oxide adducts of polyols include compounds in which ethoxyl groups, propoxyl groups, and the like are added to the above polyols. The average addition number of alkyleneoxy groups is preferably from 1 to 100, more preferably from 2 to 50, and still more preferably from 2 to 20. As a phenol derivative, bisphenol A and bisphenol S are mentioned, for example. As an amide compound, N-methylpyrrolidone is mentioned, for example.

中間層包含選自包括水溶性纖維素衍生物、多元醇類、多元醇類的氧化物加成物、聚醚系樹脂、酚衍生物及醯胺化合物之群組中之至少一種為較佳。The intermediate layer preferably contains at least one selected from the group consisting of water-soluble cellulose derivatives, polyols, oxide adducts of polyols, polyether resins, phenol derivatives, and amide compounds.

其他成分的分子量未達5000為較佳,4000以下為更佳,3000以下為進一步較佳,2000以下為特佳,1500以下為最佳。下限為60以上為較佳。The molecular weight of other components is preferably less than 5000, more preferably less than 4000, more preferably less than 3000, particularly preferably less than 2000, most preferably less than 1500. The lower limit is preferably 60 or more.

其他成分可以單獨使用一種,亦可以使用兩種以上。 其他成分的含量相對於中間層的總質量為0.1質量%以上為較佳,0.5質量%以上為更佳,1質量%以上為進一步較佳。上限未達30質量%為較佳,10質量%以下為更佳,5質量%以下為進一步較佳。 The other components may be used alone or in combination of two or more. The content of other components is preferably at least 0.1% by mass, more preferably at least 0.5% by mass, and still more preferably at least 1% by mass, based on the total mass of the intermediate layer. The upper limit is preferably less than 30 mass %, more preferably 10 mass % or less, and still more preferably 5 mass % or less.

中間層可以包含雜質。 作為雜質,例如可以舉出上述感光性組成物層中所包含之雜質。 The intermediate layer may contain impurities. As an impurity, the impurity contained in the said photosensitive composition layer is mentioned, for example.

水溶性樹脂層(中間層)的層厚並不受特別限制,但0.1~5μm為較佳,0.5~3μm為更佳。若水溶性樹脂層(中間層)的厚度在上述範圍內,則不會使阻氧性下降而層間混合抑制能力優異。又,還能夠進一步抑制顯影時的水溶性樹脂層(中間層)去除時間的增加。The layer thickness of the water-soluble resin layer (intermediate layer) is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.1 to 5 μm, more preferably 0.5 to 3 μm. When the thickness of the water-soluble resin layer (intermediate layer) is within the above-mentioned range, the interlayer mixing suppression ability is excellent without reducing the oxygen barrier property. In addition, it is also possible to further suppress an increase in the removal time of the water-soluble resin layer (intermediate layer) during image development.

[保護膜] 轉印膜可以在感光性組成物層上具有保護膜。 作為保護膜,能夠使用具有耐熱性及耐溶劑性之樹脂薄膜,例如可以舉出聚丙烯薄膜及聚乙烯薄膜等聚烯烴薄膜、聚對酞酸乙二酯薄膜等聚酯薄膜、聚碳酸酯薄膜以及聚苯乙烯薄膜。 又,作為保護膜,可以使用由與上述偽支撐體相同的材料構成之樹脂薄膜。 其中,作為保護膜,聚烯烴薄膜為較佳,聚丙烯薄膜或聚乙烯薄膜為更佳,聚乙烯薄膜為進一步較佳。 [protective film] The transfer film may have a protective film on the photosensitive composition layer. As the protective film, a heat-resistant and solvent-resistant resin film can be used, for example, polyolefin films such as polypropylene film and polyethylene film, polyester film such as polyethylene terephthalate film, polycarbonate film, etc. and polystyrene film. In addition, as the protective film, a resin film made of the same material as the dummy support described above can be used. Among these, as a protective film, a polyolefin film is preferable, a polypropylene film or a polyethylene film is more preferable, and a polyethylene film is still more preferable.

保護膜的厚度為1~100μm為較佳,5~50μm為更佳,5~40μm為進一步較佳,15~30μm為特佳。 在機械強度優異的觀點上,保護膜的厚度為1μm以上為較佳,在比較廉價的觀點上,100μm以下為較佳。 The thickness of the protective film is preferably from 1 to 100 μm, more preferably from 5 to 50 μm, still more preferably from 5 to 40 μm, and particularly preferably from 15 to 30 μm. From the viewpoint of excellent mechanical strength, the thickness of the protective film is preferably 1 μm or more, and from the viewpoint of relatively low cost, it is preferably 100 μm or less.

又,在保護膜中,保護膜中所包含之直徑80μm以上的魚眼(fisheye)數為5個/m 2以下為較佳。 另外,“魚眼”係使材料熱熔融,並進行混煉、擠出,並且藉由雙軸拉伸及流延法等方法製造薄膜時,材料的異物、未溶解物及氧化劣化物等被取入薄膜中者。 In addition, in the protective film, it is preferable that the number of fisheyes (fisheye) with a diameter of 80 μm or more included in the protective film is 5 or less/m 2 . In addition, "fish eye" means that when the material is thermally melted, kneaded, and extruded, and when the film is produced by biaxial stretching and casting methods, the foreign matter, undissolved matter, and oxidative deterioration of the material, etc. Taken into the film.

保護膜中所包含之直徑3μm以上的粒子的數量為30個/mm 2以下為較佳,10個/mm 2以下為更佳,5個/mm 2以下為進一步較佳。 藉此,能夠抑制藉由由保護膜中所包含之粒子引起之凹凸轉印到感光性組成物層或金屬層而產生之缺陷。 The number of particles with a diameter of 3 μm or more contained in the protective film is preferably 30 particles/mm 2 or less, more preferably 10 particles/mm 2 or less, still more preferably 5 particles/mm 2 or less. Thereby, it is possible to suppress defects generated by transferring the unevenness caused by the particles contained in the protective film to the photosensitive composition layer or the metal layer.

從賦予捲取性之觀點而言,保護膜的和與感光性組成物層接觸之面相反的一側的表面的算術平均粗糙度Ra為0.01μm以上為較佳,0.02μm以上為更佳,0.03μm以上為進一步較佳。另一方面,未達0.50μm為較佳,0.40μm以下為更佳,0.30μm以下為進一步較佳。 從抑制轉印時的缺陷之觀點而言,保護膜的與感光性組成物層接觸之面的表面粗糙度Ra為0.01μm以上為較佳,0.02μm以上為更佳,0.03μm以上為進一步較佳。另一方面,未達0.50μm為較佳,0.40μm以下為更佳,0.30μm以下為進一步較佳。 From the viewpoint of imparting windability, the arithmetic mean roughness Ra of the surface of the protective film opposite to the surface in contact with the photosensitive composition layer is preferably 0.01 μm or more, more preferably 0.02 μm or more, It is more preferably 0.03 μm or more. On the other hand, it is preferably less than 0.50 μm, more preferably 0.40 μm or less, and still more preferably 0.30 μm or less. From the viewpoint of suppressing defects during transfer, the surface roughness Ra of the surface of the protective film in contact with the photosensitive composition layer is preferably 0.01 μm or more, more preferably 0.02 μm or more, and still more preferably 0.03 μm or more. good. On the other hand, it is preferably less than 0.50 μm, more preferably 0.40 μm or less, and still more preferably 0.30 μm or less.

[轉印膜的製造方法] 作為轉印膜的製造方法,並不受特別限制,可以舉出公知的方法。 作為上述轉印膜10的製造方法,例如可以舉出包括如下步驟之方法:在偽支撐體11的表面塗佈中間層形成用組成物而形成塗膜,進一步對該塗膜進行乾燥而形成中間層13之步驟;及在中間層13的表面塗佈感光性組成物而形成塗膜,進一步對該塗膜進行乾燥而形成感光性組成物層15之步驟。 [Manufacturing method of transfer film] It does not specifically limit as a manufacturing method of a transfer film, A well-known method is mentioned. As a method for producing the above-mentioned transfer film 10, for example, a method including the steps of applying a composition for forming an intermediate layer on the surface of the dummy support 11 to form a coating film, and further drying the coating film to form an intermediate layer The step of layer 13; and the step of coating the photosensitive composition on the surface of the intermediate layer 13 to form a coating film, and further drying the coating film to form the photosensitive composition layer 15.

當轉印膜10具有保護膜19時,可以在藉由上述製造方法製造之轉印膜10的組成物層17上壓接保護膜19。 作為轉印膜10的製造方法,藉由包括以與組成物層17的與偽支撐體11側相反的一側的面接觸之方式設置保護膜19之步驟來製造具備偽支撐體11、中間層13、感光性組成物層15及保護膜19之轉印膜10為較佳。 藉由上述製造方法製造轉印膜10之後,可以藉由捲取轉印膜10而製作及保管卷形態的轉印膜。卷形態的轉印膜10能夠以保持原樣的形態提供給後述之以卷對卷方式與基板貼合之步驟。 When the transfer film 10 has the protective film 19, the protective film 19 can be crimped on the composition layer 17 of the transfer film 10 manufactured by the above-mentioned manufacturing method. As a method of manufacturing the transfer film 10, a process including a dummy support 11, an intermediate layer, and a process including the step of providing the protective film 19 in contact with the surface of the composition layer 17 opposite to the dummy support 11 is provided. 13. The photosensitive composition layer 15 and the transfer film 10 of the protective film 19 are preferred. After the transfer film 10 is produced by the above-mentioned production method, the transfer film in roll form can be produced and stored by winding up the transfer film 10 . The transfer film 10 in the form of a roll can be provided as it is in the step of bonding to a substrate by a roll-to-roll system described later.

又,上述轉印膜10的製造方法可以為在保護膜19上形成組成物層17之方法。In addition, the method of manufacturing the transfer film 10 described above may be a method of forming the composition layer 17 on the protective film 19 .

(水溶性樹脂組成物及中間層(水溶性樹脂層)的形成方法) 作為水溶性樹脂組成物,包含形成上述中間層(水溶性樹脂層)之各種成分和溶劑為較佳。另外,在水溶性樹脂組成物中,各成分相對於組成物的總固體成分的含量的較佳範圍與各成分相對於上述水溶性樹脂層的總質量的含量的較佳範圍相同。 作為溶劑,只要能夠溶解或分散水溶性樹脂,則不受特別限制,選自包括水及水混合性有機溶劑之群組中之至少一種為較佳,水或水與水混合性有機溶劑的混合溶劑為更佳。 作為水混合性有機溶劑,例如可以舉出碳數1~3的醇、丙酮、乙二醇及甘油,碳數1~3的醇為較佳,甲醇或乙醇為更佳。 溶劑可以單獨使用一種,亦可以使用兩種以上。 溶劑的含量相對於組成物的總固體成分100質量份為50~2500質量份為較佳,50~1900質量份為更佳,100~900質量份為進一步較佳。 (Method for forming water-soluble resin composition and intermediate layer (water-soluble resin layer)) The water-soluble resin composition preferably contains various components and a solvent that form the above-mentioned intermediate layer (water-soluble resin layer). In addition, in the water-soluble resin composition, the preferable range of the content of each component to the total solid content of the composition is the same as the preferable range of the content of each component to the total mass of the above-mentioned water-soluble resin layer. The solvent is not particularly limited as long as it can dissolve or disperse the water-soluble resin. At least one selected from the group consisting of water and water-miscible organic solvents is preferred. Water or a mixture of water and water-miscible organic solvents A solvent is more preferred. Examples of the water-miscible organic solvent include alcohols having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, acetone, ethylene glycol, and glycerin, and alcohols having 1 to 3 carbon atoms are preferred, and methanol or ethanol is more preferred. One kind of solvent may be used alone, or two or more kinds may be used. The content of the solvent is preferably from 50 to 2500 parts by mass, more preferably from 50 to 1900 parts by mass, and still more preferably from 100 to 900 parts by mass, based on 100 parts by mass of the total solid content of the composition.

水溶性樹脂層的形成方法只要為能夠形成包含上述成分之層之方法,則不受特別限制,例如可以舉出公知的塗佈方法(狹縫塗佈、旋塗、簾塗及噴墨塗佈等)。The formation method of the water-soluble resin layer is not particularly limited as long as it is a method capable of forming a layer comprising the above-mentioned components, for example, known coating methods (slit coating, spin coating, curtain coating and inkjet coating) can be mentioned. wait).

(感光性組成物及感光性組成物層的形成方法) 在生產性優異的觀點上,藉由塗佈法使用包含構成上述感光性組成物層之成分(例如,樹脂A、聚合性化合物、聚合起始劑及熱交聯劑等)及溶劑之感光性組成物來形成為較佳。 作為轉印膜的製造方法,具體而言,在中間層上塗佈感光性組成物而形成塗膜,並對該塗膜在既定溫度下實施乾燥處理而形成感光性組成物層之方法為較佳。 (Photosensitive composition and method of forming photosensitive composition layer) From the viewpoint of excellent productivity, a photosensitive resin containing components (for example, resin A, polymerizable compound, polymerization initiator, thermal crosslinking agent, etc.) It is better to form a composition. As a method for producing a transfer film, specifically, a method of coating a photosensitive composition on an intermediate layer to form a coating film, and drying the coating film at a predetermined temperature to form a photosensitive composition layer is relatively good.

作為感光性組成物,包含形成上述感光性組成物層之各種成分和溶劑為較佳。另外,在感光性組成物中,各成分相對於組成物的總固體成分的含量的較佳範圍與各成分相對於上述感光性組成物層的總質量的含量的較佳範圍相同。 作為溶劑,只要能夠溶解或分散除溶劑以外的各成分,則不受特別限制,能夠使用公知的溶劑。具體而言,例如可以舉出伸烷基二醇醚溶劑、伸烷基二醇醚乙酸酯溶劑、醇溶劑(甲醇及乙醇等)、酮溶劑(丙酮及甲基乙基酮等)、芳香族烴溶劑(甲苯等)、非質子性極性溶劑(N,N-二甲基甲醯胺等)、環狀醚溶劑(四氫呋喃等)、酯溶劑(乙酸正丙酯等)、醯胺溶劑、內酯溶劑以及包含該等中的兩種以上之混合溶劑。 As a photosensitive composition, it is preferable to contain various components and a solvent which form the said photosensitive composition layer. In addition, in the photosensitive composition, the preferable range of content of each component with respect to the total solid content of a composition is the same as the preferable range of content of each component with respect to the total mass of the said photosensitive composition layer. The solvent is not particularly limited as long as it can dissolve or disperse components other than the solvent, and known solvents can be used. Specifically, for example, alkylene glycol ether solvents, alkylene glycol ether acetate solvents, alcohol solvents (methanol and ethanol, etc.), ketone solvents (acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, etc.), aromatic Group hydrocarbon solvents (toluene, etc.), aprotic polar solvents (N,N-dimethylformamide, etc.), cyclic ether solvents (tetrahydrofuran, etc.), ester solvents (n-propyl acetate, etc.), amide solvents, Lactone solvents and mixed solvents containing two or more of these.

作為溶劑,包含選自包括伸烷基二醇醚溶劑及伸烷基二醇醚乙酸酯溶劑之群組中之至少一種為較佳。其中,包含選自包括伸烷基二醇醚溶劑及伸烷基二醇醚乙酸酯溶劑之群組中之至少一種和選自包括酮溶劑及環狀醚溶劑之群組中之至少一種之混合溶劑為更佳,至少包含伸烷基二醇醚、伸烷基二醇醚乙酸酯溶劑及酮溶劑這3種之混合溶劑為進一步較佳。As the solvent, it is preferable to contain at least one selected from the group consisting of alkylene glycol ether solvents and alkylene glycol ether acetate solvents. Among them, at least one selected from the group consisting of alkylene glycol ether solvents and alkylene glycol ether acetate solvents and at least one selected from the group consisting of ketone solvents and cyclic ether solvents A mixed solvent is more preferable, and a mixed solvent containing at least three types of an alkylene glycol ether, an alkylene glycol ether acetate solvent, and a ketone solvent is still more preferable.

作為伸烷基二醇醚溶劑,例如可以舉出乙二醇單烷基醚、乙二醇二烷基醚、丙二醇單烷基醚(丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯等)、丙二醇二烷基醚、二乙二醇二烷基醚、二丙二醇單烷基醚及二丙二醇二烷基醚。 作為伸烷基二醇醚乙酸酯溶劑,例如可以舉出乙二醇單烷基醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單烷基醚乙酸酯、二乙二醇單烷基醚乙酸酯及二丙二醇單烷基醚乙酸酯。 作為酮溶劑,可以舉出丙酮、甲基乙基酮、甲基異丁基酮、2-庚酮、環己酮。 作為溶劑,可以使用國際公開第2018/179640號的[0092]~[0094]段落中所記載之溶劑及日本特開2018-177889公報的[0014]段落中所記載之溶劑,該等內容被編入本說明書中。 溶劑可以單獨使用一種,亦可以使用兩種以上。 溶劑的含量相對於組成物的總固體成分100質量份為50~1900質量份為較佳,100~1200質量份為更佳,100~900質量份為進一步較佳。 Examples of alkylene glycol ether solvents include ethylene glycol monoalkyl ether, ethylene glycol dialkyl ether, propylene glycol monoalkyl ether (propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, etc.), propylene glycol dialkyl ether , Diethylene glycol dialkyl ether, dipropylene glycol monoalkyl ether and dipropylene glycol dialkyl ether. Examples of alkylene glycol ether acetate solvents include ethylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetate, and dipropylene glycol Monoalkyl ether acetate. Examples of the ketone solvent include acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, 2-heptanone, and cyclohexanone. As the solvent, solvents described in paragraphs [0092] to [0094] of International Publication No. 2018/179640 and solvents described in paragraph [0014] of JP-A-2018-177889 can be used, and these contents are incorporated in in this manual. One kind of solvent may be used alone, or two or more kinds may be used. The content of the solvent is preferably from 50 to 1900 parts by mass, more preferably from 100 to 1200 parts by mass, and still more preferably from 100 to 900 parts by mass, based on 100 parts by mass of the total solid content of the composition.

作為感光性組成物的塗佈方法,例如可以舉出印刷法、噴塗法、輥塗法、棒塗法、簾塗法、旋塗法及模塗法(亦即,狹縫塗佈法)。Examples of coating methods for the photosensitive composition include printing, spray coating, roll coating, bar coating, curtain coating, spin coating, and die coating (ie, slit coating).

作為感光性組成物的塗膜的乾燥方法,加熱乾燥及減壓乾燥為較佳。 作為乾燥溫度,90℃以上為較佳,100℃以上為更佳,110℃以上為進一步較佳。又,作為其上限值,並不受特別限定,但130℃以下為較佳,120℃以下為更佳。 又,作為乾燥時間,20秒以上為較佳,40秒以上為更佳,60秒以上為進一步較佳。又,作為其上限值,並不受特別限定,但450秒以下為較佳,300秒以下為更佳。作為乾燥溫度,80℃以上為較佳,90℃以上為更佳。又,作為其上限值,130℃以下為較佳,120℃以下為更佳。亦能夠連續地改變溫度而進行乾燥。 又,作為乾燥時間,20秒以上為較佳,40秒以上為更佳,60秒以上為進一步較佳。又,作為其上限值,並不受特別限定,但600秒以下為較佳,300秒以下為更佳。 As a method of drying the coating film of the photosensitive composition, heat drying and reduced-pressure drying are preferable. The drying temperature is preferably at least 90°C, more preferably at least 100°C, and still more preferably at least 110°C. Moreover, although it does not specifically limit as its upper limit, 130 degreeC or less is preferable, and 120 degreeC or less is more preferable. Moreover, as drying time, 20 seconds or more are preferable, 40 seconds or more are more preferable, and 60 seconds or more are still more preferable. Moreover, although it does not specifically limit as the upper limit, Preferably it is 450 seconds or less, More preferably, it is 300 seconds or less. The drying temperature is preferably 80°C or higher, more preferably 90°C or higher. Moreover, as its upper limit, it is preferable that it is 130 degreeC or less, and it is more preferable that it is 120 degreeC or less. Drying can also be performed by changing the temperature continuously. Moreover, as drying time, 20 seconds or more are preferable, 40 seconds or more are more preferable, and 60 seconds or more are still more preferable. Also, the upper limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably 600 seconds or less, and more preferably 300 seconds or less.

再者,藉由將保護膜貼合於感光性組成物層,能夠製造轉印膜。 將保護膜貼合於感光性組成物層之方法並不受特別限制,可以舉出公知的方法。 作為將保護膜貼合於感光性組成物層之裝置,可以舉出真空層壓機及自動切割層壓機等公知的層壓機。 層壓機為具備橡膠輥等任意的能夠加熱之輥且能夠加壓及加熱者為較佳。 [實施例] Furthermore, a transfer film can be manufactured by bonding a protective film to a photosensitive composition layer. The method of bonding the protective film to the photosensitive composition layer is not particularly limited, and known methods can be used. Known laminators, such as a vacuum laminator and an automatic cutting laminator, are mentioned as an apparatus which bonds a protective film to a photosensitive composition layer. The laminator is preferably equipped with any heatable roll such as a rubber roll, and is capable of pressurization and heating. [Example]

以下,舉出實施例和比較例對本發明的特徵進行進一步具體的說明。以下實施例所示之材料、使用量、比例、處理內容及處理程序等只要不脫離本發明的趣旨,則能夠適當進行變更。因此,本發明的範圍不應藉由以下所示之具體例進行限制性解釋。 又,在以下實施例中,樹脂的重量平均分子量為藉由基於凝膠滲透層析(GPC)之聚苯乙烯換算求出之重量平均分子量。又,酸值使用了理論酸值。 Hereinafter, the characteristics of the present invention will be described more specifically with reference to Examples and Comparative Examples. Materials, usage amounts, proportions, treatment contents, treatment procedures and the like shown in the following examples can be appropriately changed unless departing from the spirit of the present invention. Therefore, the scope of the present invention should not be limitedly interpreted by the specific examples shown below. In addition, in the following examples, the weight average molecular weight of resin is the weight average molecular weight calculated|required by the polystyrene conversion by gel permeation chromatography (GPC). In addition, the theoretical acid value was used for the acid value.

<轉印膜的製作中所使用之材料> 對實施例中所使用之轉印膜的製作中所使用之材料(感光性組成物及中間層形成用組成物)進行說明。 <Materials used in the production of transfer film> The materials (photosensitive composition and composition for intermediate layer formation) used for preparation of the transfer film used in the Example are demonstrated.

(感光性組成物的各成分) 使用感光性組成物形成了轉印膜所具有之感光性組成物層。 感光性組成物的製備中所使用之成分如下,將以下所示之各成分以如後段所示的表2~3那樣的配方混合而得到了實施例或比較例中使用之各感光性組成物。表2~3中的各成分的數值為質量份。 另外,在製備感光性組成物時,製備包含甲基乙基酮(SANKYO CHEMICAL Co.,Ltd.製造,60質量份)及丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯(SHOWA DENKO K.K.製造,40質量份)之混合溶劑,並向該混合溶劑中以如後段所示之表那樣的配方添加了各成分。另外,各感光性組成物的固體成分濃度為13質量%。 (Each component of the photosensitive composition) The photosensitive composition layer which the transfer film has was formed using the photosensitive composition. The components used in the preparation of the photosensitive composition are as follows, and the components shown below were mixed in the formulations shown in Tables 2 to 3 shown in the latter paragraph to obtain the respective photosensitive compositions used in Examples or Comparative Examples . The numerical value of each component in Tables 2-3 is a mass part. In addition, when preparing the photosensitive composition, a mixture containing methyl ethyl ketone (manufactured by SANKYO CHEMICAL Co., Ltd., 60 parts by mass) and propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (manufactured by SHOWA DENKO K.K., 40 parts by mass) was prepared. A solvent was mixed, and each component was added to this mixed solvent in the formula shown in the table|surface shown in the following paragraph. In addition, the solid content concentration of each photosensitive composition was 13% by mass.

[樹脂] ·化合物1~4:分別為如以下所示之特徵的樹脂(化合物) 另外,化合物1~4對應於鹼可溶性樹脂。 [resin] ・Compounds 1 to 4: resins (compounds) each having the following characteristics In addition, Compounds 1 to 4 correspond to alkali-soluble resins.

[表1]    組成 Mw 酸值 (mgKOH/kg) 化合物1 苯乙烯/甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸甲酯 =32/28/40(質量%) 40000 150 化合物2 苯乙烯/甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸甲酯 =52/29/23(質量%) 60000 189 化合物3 甲基丙烯酸苄酯/甲基丙烯酸 =81/19(質量%) 40000 170 化合物4 苯乙烯/甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯/甲基丙烯酸甲酯 =50/18/30/2(質量%) 20000 124 [Table 1] composition mw Acid value (mgKOH/kg) Compound 1 Styrene/methacrylic acid/methyl methacrylate=32/28/40 (mass%) 40000 150 Compound 2 Styrene/methacrylic acid/methyl methacrylate=52/29/23 (mass%) 60000 189 Compound 3 Benzyl methacrylate/methacrylic acid=81/19 (mass %) 40000 170 Compound 4 Styrene/methacrylic acid/glycidyl methacrylate/methyl methacrylate=50/18/30/2 (mass %) 20000 124

在上述表中,在“組成”欄中,對各樹脂(化合物)示出樹脂所具有之構成單元的種類,在括號內示出各構成單元的含量的質量比。 作為各構成單元的種類,示出成為各構成單元的來源之單體的名稱。 例如,化合物1為以32:28:40的質量比分別具有基於苯乙烯之構成單元、基於甲基丙烯酸之構成單元及基於甲基丙烯酸甲酯之構成單元之樹脂。 In the above-mentioned table, in the "composition" column, the types of structural units contained in the resins (compounds) are shown for each resin (compound), and the mass ratio of the content of each structural unit is shown in parentheses. As the type of each structural unit, the name of the monomer used as the source of each structural unit is shown. For example, Compound 1 is a resin having a structural unit based on styrene, a structural unit based on methacrylic acid, and a structural unit based on methyl methacrylate in a mass ratio of 32:28:40.

[聚合性化合物] ·BPE-500:乙氧基化雙酚A二甲基丙烯酸酯,Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造 ·BPE-200:乙氧基化雙酚A二甲基丙烯酸酯,Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造 ·BPE-100:乙氧基化雙酚A二甲基丙烯酸酯,Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造 ·聚合性化合物1:在雙酚A的兩端分別加成有平均15莫耳的環氧乙烷和平均2莫耳的環氧丙烷之聚乙二醇的二甲基丙烯酸酯 ·M-270:ARONIX M-270,聚丙二醇二丙烯酸酯(n≈12),TOAGOSEI CO.,LTD.製造 ·A-TMPT:三羥甲基丙烷三丙烯酸酯,Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造 ·SR454:乙氧基化(3)三羥甲基丙烷三甲基丙烯酸酯,Arkema S.A.公司製造 ·SR502:乙氧基化(9)三羥甲基丙烷三甲基丙烯酸酯,Arkema S.A.公司製造 ·A-9300-CL1:己內酯改質三-(2-丙烯醯氧基乙基)異氰脲酸酯,Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造 [polymeric compound] ・BPE-500: Ethoxylated bisphenol A dimethacrylate, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd. ・BPE-200: Ethoxylated bisphenol A dimethacrylate, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd. ・BPE-100: Ethoxylated bisphenol A dimethacrylate, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd. ・Polymerizable compound 1: Dimethacrylate of polyethylene glycol added with an average of 15 moles of ethylene oxide and an average of 2 moles of propylene oxide at both ends of bisphenol A ・M-270: ARONIX M-270, polypropylene glycol diacrylate (n≈12), manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO.,LTD. A-TMPT: trimethylolpropane triacrylate, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd. SR454: Ethoxylated (3) trimethylolpropane trimethacrylate, manufactured by Arkema S.A. SR502: Ethoxylated (9) trimethylolpropane trimethacrylate, manufactured by Arkema S.A. ・A-9300-CL1: Caprolactone-modified tris-(2-acryloyloxyethyl)isocyanurate, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.

[熱交聯劑] ·SBB-70P:Duranate,ASAHI KASEI CORPORATION製造 ·TPA-B80E:Duranate,ASAHI KASEI CORPORATION製造 [Thermal crosslinking agent] ・SBB-70P: Duranate, manufactured by ASAHI KASEI CORPORATION ・TPA-B80E: Duranate, manufactured by ASAHI KASEI CORPORATION

[聚合起始劑] ·B-CIM:2,2’-雙(2-氯苯基)-4,4’,5,5’-四苯基雙咪唑(2-(2-氯苯基)-4,5-二苯基咪唑二聚體),KUROGANE KASEI Co.,Ltd.製造 [polymerization initiator] ·B-CIM: 2,2'-bis(2-chlorophenyl)-4,4',5,5'-tetraphenylbisimidazole (2-(2-chlorophenyl)-4,5-bis Phenyl imidazole dimer) manufactured by KUROGANE KASEI Co., Ltd.

[添加劑] ·SB-PI 701:4,4’-雙(二乙基胺基)二苯甲酮,Sanyo Trading Co.,Ltd.製造 ·無色結晶紫:Tokyo Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.製造 ·N-苯甘胺酸:Tokyo Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.製造 ·亮綠:Tokyo Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.製造 ·CBT-1:羧基苯并三唑,JOHOKU CHEMICAL CO.,LTD.製造 ·混合物1:1-(2-二-正丁基胺基甲基)-5-羧基苯并三唑與1-(2-二-正丁基胺基甲基)-6-羧基苯并三唑的1:1(質量比)混合物 ·啡噻口井:FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation製造 ·Irganox245:BASF公司製造 ·N-亞硝基苯基羥基胺鋁鹽:FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation製造 ·菲尼酮(Tokyo Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.製造) ·F-552:氟系界面活性劑,DIC Corporation製造 [additive] ・SB-PI 701: 4,4'-bis(diethylamino)benzophenone, manufactured by Sanyo Trading Co., Ltd. · Colorless crystal violet: manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. ・N-phenylglycine: manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. Bright green: manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. ・CBT-1: carboxybenzotriazole, manufactured by JOHOKU CHEMICAL CO.,LTD. ·Mixture 1: 1-(2-di-n-butylaminomethyl)-5-carboxybenzotriazole and 1-(2-di-n-butylaminomethyl)-6-carboxybenzotriazole 1:1 (mass ratio) mixture of azoles · Wako Well: Manufactured by FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation ·Irganox245: manufactured by BASF ・N-Nitrosophenylhydroxylamine aluminum salt: manufactured by FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation ・Phenidone (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) ・F-552: Fluorinated surfactant, manufactured by DIC Corporation

(中間層形成用組成物的成分) 混合以下成分而進行了中間層形成用組成物的製備。另外,各成分的量的單位為質量份。 離子交換水:38.12質量份 甲醇(Mitsubishi Gas Chemical Company, Inc.製造):57.17質量份 KURARAY POVAL 4-88LA(聚乙烯醇,Kuraray Co.,Ltd.製造):3.22質量份 聚乙烯吡咯啶酮 K-30(NIPPON SHOKUBAI CO.,LTD.製造):1.49質量份 MEGAFACE F-444(氟系界面活性劑,DIC Corporation製造):0.0035質量份 (Components of the intermediate layer forming composition) The composition for forming an intermediate layer was prepared by mixing the following components. In addition, the unit of the quantity of each component is a mass part. Ion-exchanged water: 38.12 parts by mass Methanol (manufactured by Mitsubishi Gas Chemical Company, Inc.): 57.17 parts by mass KURARAY POVAL 4-88LA (polyvinyl alcohol, manufactured by Kuraray Co., Ltd.): 3.22 parts by mass Polyvinylpyrrolidone K-30 (manufactured by NIPPON SHOKUBAI CO.,LTD.): 1.49 parts by mass MEGAFACE F-444 (fluorine-based surfactant, manufactured by DIC Corporation): 0.0035 parts by mass

<轉印膜的製作> 關於實施例1、5~7及比較例1,以以下程序製作出轉印膜。 首先,使用棒塗機在偽支撐體(厚度16μm的聚對酞酸乙二酯薄膜(LUMIRROR 16KS40,TORAY INDUSTRIES, INC.製造),霧度:0.6%)上以乾燥後的厚度成為表2~3所示之厚度之方式塗佈各實施例及比較例的感光性組成物,使用烘箱使其在80℃下乾燥而形成了感光性組成物層(負型感光性組成物層)。 在所得到之感光性組成物層上壓接厚度16μm的聚對酞酸乙二酯(16KS40,TORAY INDUSTRIES, INC.製造)作為保護膜而製作出轉印膜。 <Preparation of transfer film> About Examples 1, 5-7, and the comparative example 1, the transfer film was produced by the following procedure. First, the dummy support (polyethylene terephthalate film with a thickness of 16 μm (LUMIRROR 16KS40, manufactured by TORAY INDUSTRIES, INC.), haze: 0.6%) was coated on a dummy support using a bar coater. Table 2- The photosensitive composition of each Example and the comparative example was coated with the thickness shown in 3, and it was made to dry at 80 degreeC using an oven, and the photosensitive composition layer (negative photosensitive composition layer) was formed. On the obtained photosensitive composition layer, polyethylene terephthalate (16KS40, manufactured by Toray Industries, Inc.) having a thickness of 16 μm was pressure-bonded as a protective film to produce a transfer film.

又,關於實施例2~4及8~10,以以下程序製作出轉印膜。 首先,使用棒塗機在偽支撐體(厚度16μm的聚對酞酸乙二酯薄膜(LUMIRROR 16KS40,TORAY INDUSTRIES, INC.製造),霧度:0.6%)上以乾燥後的厚度成為表2~3所示之厚度之方式塗佈中間層形成用組成物,使用烘箱使其在90℃下乾燥而形成了中間層。 進一步,使用棒塗機在中間層上以乾燥後的厚度成為表2~3所示之厚度之方式塗佈感光性組成物,使用烘箱使其在80℃下乾燥而形成了感光性組成物層(負型感光性組成物層)。 在所得到之感光性組成物層上壓接厚度16μm的聚對酞酸乙二酯(16KS40,TORAY INDUSTRIES, INC.製造)作為保護膜而製作出轉印膜。 Moreover, about Examples 2-4 and 8-10, the transfer film was produced by the following procedure. First, the dummy support (polyethylene terephthalate film with a thickness of 16 μm (LUMIRROR 16KS40, manufactured by TORAY INDUSTRIES, INC.), haze: 0.6%) was coated on a dummy support using a bar coater. Table 2- The composition for forming an intermediate layer was applied to a thickness shown in 3, and dried at 90° C. using an oven to form an intermediate layer. Furthermore, the photosensitive composition was coated on the intermediate layer using a bar coater so that the thickness after drying became the thickness shown in Tables 2 to 3, and dried at 80° C. using an oven to form a photosensitive composition layer. (Negative photosensitive composition layer). On the obtained photosensitive composition layer, polyethylene terephthalate (16KS40, manufactured by Toray Industries, Inc.) having a thickness of 16 μm was pressure-bonded as a protective film to produce a transfer film.

<積層體的製造> 使用了藉由濺射法在厚度200μm的PET薄膜(聚對酞酸乙二酯薄膜)上製作有厚度500nm的銅層之附有銅層之PET基板。 將所製作之轉印膜切割為10cm見方,並剝下保護膜,以感光性組成物層與PET基板表面的銅層接觸之方式,在輥溫度90℃、線壓0.8MPa、線速度3.0m/min.的層壓條件下層壓於附有銅層之PET基板而得到了積層體。 在該時點,當轉印膜不包括中間層時,積層體具有“PET薄膜-銅層-感光性組成物-偽支撐體”的構成,當轉印膜包括中間層時,具有“PET薄膜-銅層-感光性組成物-中間層-偽支撐體”的構成。 接著,從所得到之積層體剝離偽支撐體,使具有線(μm)/間隔(μm)為5/5的圖案之光罩與積層體中的露出之表面密接。使用高壓水銀燈曝光機(MAP-1200L,Japan Science Engineering Co.,Ltd.製造,主波長:365nm)以曝光量50mJ/cm 2照射了光。曝光量設為顯影後得到之光阻圖案再現光罩的線與間隔形狀之曝光量。 其後,將30℃的1.0%碳酸鈉水溶液用作顯影液進行了顯影。具體而言,在顯影中,進行40秒鐘噴淋處理,並進行氣刀(AirKnife)處理而甩掉顯影液之後,用純水進行30秒鐘噴淋處理,並而進一步進行了氣刀處理。 藉此,得到了具有線與間隔形狀的光阻圖案之積層體。 <Manufacture of a laminate> A copper layer-attached PET substrate in which a 500-nm-thick copper layer was formed on a 200-μm-thick PET film (polyethylene terephthalate film) by a sputtering method was used. Cut the produced transfer film into 10cm squares, and peel off the protective film, in such a way that the photosensitive composition layer is in contact with the copper layer on the surface of the PET substrate. /min. Laminated on the PET substrate with copper layer under lamination conditions to obtain a laminated body. At this point, when the transfer film does not include an intermediate layer, the laminate has a composition of "PET film-copper layer-photosensitive composition-dummy support", and when the transfer film includes an intermediate layer, it has a composition of "PET film- Copper layer-photosensitive composition-intermediate layer-pseudo support". Next, the dummy support was peeled off from the obtained laminate, and a photomask having a pattern with a line (μm)/space (μm) ratio of 5/5 was brought into close contact with the exposed surface of the laminate. Light was irradiated at an exposure amount of 50 mJ/cm 2 using a high-pressure mercury lamp exposure machine (MAP-1200L, manufactured by Japan Science Engineering Co., Ltd., dominant wavelength: 365 nm). The exposure amount is set as the exposure amount of the photoresist pattern obtained after developing to reproduce the line and space shape of the mask. Thereafter, development was performed using a 30° C. 1.0% sodium carbonate aqueous solution as a developing solution. Specifically, in the development, spray processing was performed for 40 seconds, and after the developer was shaken off by air knife (Air Knife) treatment, spray processing was performed with pure water for 30 seconds, and further air knife treatment was performed. . Thereby, a laminate having a photoresist pattern in the shape of lines and spaces was obtained.

接著,在後述之表2~3中所記載之加熱條件(“加熱溫度及加熱時間”)下對具有光阻圖案之積層體進行了加熱。 其後,使所得到之積層體在10質量%的硫酸水溶液(液體溫度:40℃)中浸漬了3分鐘。 Next, the laminated body which has a photoresist pattern was heated under the heating conditions ("heating temperature and heating time") described in Tables 2-3 mentioned later. Then, the obtained laminated body was immersed in 10 mass % sulfuric acid aqueous solution (liquid temperature: 40 degreeC) for 3 minutes.

接著,將所得到之積層體放入硫酸銅電鍍液(硫酸銅75g/L,硫酸190g/L,氯離子50質量ppm,Meltex Inc.製造,“Copper Glyme PCM”,5mL/L)中,在1A/dm 2的條件下進行了銅電鍍處理。 水洗並乾燥銅電鍍處理後的上述積層體之後,浸漬於50℃的1質量%氫氧化鉀水溶液(pH=13.5)中,藉此剝離了光阻圖案。 用包含0.1質量%硫酸及0.1質量%過氧化氫之水溶液去除光阻圖案剝離階段之後的積層體所具有之銅層(晶種層)而得到了銅配線圖案。利用光學顯微鏡觀察銅配線圖案,並按照以下基準進行了導體圖案的形狀評價。 1:未形成有導體圖案,或者所形成之導體圖案的形狀大幅變形。 2:所形成之導體圖案的形狀大致為所期望的形狀,但在一部分觀察到變形。 3:所形成之導體圖案的形狀為所期望的形狀,沒有變形。 Next, the obtained laminate was placed in a copper sulfate plating solution (copper sulfate 75g/L, sulfuric acid 190g/L, chloride ion 50 mass ppm, manufactured by Meltex Inc., "Copper Glyme PCM", 5mL/L), and the Under the condition of 1A/dm 2 , the copper electroplating treatment was carried out. After washing with water and drying the said laminated body after the copper plating process, it immersed in the 1 mass % potassium hydroxide aqueous solution (pH=13.5) of 50 degreeC, and the photoresist pattern was peeled off. The copper layer (seed layer) of the laminate after the resist pattern peeling step was removed with an aqueous solution containing 0.1% by mass of sulfuric acid and 0.1% by mass of hydrogen peroxide to obtain a copper wiring pattern. The copper wiring pattern was observed with an optical microscope, and the shape evaluation of the conductor pattern was performed based on the following criteria. 1: No conductor pattern was formed, or the shape of the formed conductor pattern was greatly deformed. 2: The shape of the formed conductor pattern was almost the desired shape, but deformation was observed in some parts. 3: The shape of the formed conductor pattern is a desired shape, and there is no deformation.

在表2~3中,“加熱溫度及加熱時間”欄記載有對具有光阻圖案之積層體進行加熱時的溫度及時間,例如在實施例1中記載為“120℃20分鐘”,表示在120℃下加熱20分鐘。 在表2~3中,“彈性模數X(GPa)”欄表示上述彈性模數X(GPa),“彈性模數X/彈性模數Y”欄表示上述X/Y。 In Tables 2 to 3, the "heating temperature and heating time" column describes the temperature and time when the laminated body having a photoresist pattern is heated. Heat at 120°C for 20 minutes. In Tables 2 to 3, the column "Elastic modulus X (GPa)" shows the above-mentioned elastic modulus X (GPa), and the column "Elastic modulus X/Elastic modulus Y" shows the above-mentioned X/Y.

[表2]    比較例1 實施例1 實施例2 實施例3 實施例4 樹脂 化合物1 - - - - - 化合物2 53.27 53.07 53.07 - - 化合物3 - - - - - 化合物4 - - - 53.07 53.07 聚合性 化合物 BPE-500 8.63 8.53 8.53 - - BPE-200 - - - - - BPE-100 25.89 25.79 25.79 35.22 35.22 聚合化合物1 - - - - - M-270 3.84 3.74 3.74 2.84 2.84 A-TMPT - - - - - SR-454 - - - - - SR-502 - - - - - A-9300-CL1 - - - - - 熱交聯劑 SBB-70P - 0.50 0.50 0.50 - TPA-B80E - - - - 0.50 聚合 起始劑 B-CIM 6.83 6.83 6.83 6.83 6.83 添加劑 SB-PI 701 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30 無色結晶紫 0.40 0.40 0.40 0.40 0.40 N-苯甘胺酸 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.14 亮綠 - - - - - CBT-1 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.10 混合物1 - - - - - 啡噻口井 0.27 0.27 0.27 0.27 0.27 Irganox245 - - - - - N-亞硝基苯基羥基胺鋁鹽 - - - - - 菲尼酮 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 F-552 0.32 0.32 0.32 0.32 0.32 條件 加熱溫度及加熱時間 120℃20分鐘 120℃20分鐘 120℃20分鐘 145℃20分鐘 感光性組成物層的厚度(μm) 3 3 3 3 3 中間層的厚度(μm) 1 1 1 評價 形狀評價 1 2 2 2 3 彈性模數X(Gpa) 4.5 5.2 5.2 5.6 5.9 彈性模數X/彈性模數Y 1.35 1.08 1.08 1.05 1.05 [Table 2] Comparative example 1 Example 1 Example 2 Example 3 Example 4 resin Compound 1 - - - - - Compound 2 53.27 53.07 53.07 - - Compound 3 - - - - - Compound 4 - - - 53.07 53.07 polymeric compound BPE-500 8.63 8.53 8.53 - - BPE-200 - - - - - BPE-100 25.89 25.79 25.79 35.22 35.22 polymer compound 1 - - - - - M-270 3.84 3.74 3.74 2.84 2.84 A-TMPT - - - - - SR-454 - - - - - SR-502 - - - - - A-9300-CL1 - - - - - thermal crosslinking agent SBB-70P - 0.50 0.50 0.50 - TPA-B80E - - - - 0.50 polymerization initiator B-CIM 6.83 6.83 6.83 6.83 6.83 additive SB-PI 701 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30 colorless crystal violet 0.40 0.40 0.40 0.40 0.40 N-phenylglycine 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.14 bright green - - - - - CBT-1 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.10 Mixture 1 - - - - - Well 0.27 0.27 0.27 0.27 0.27 Irganox245 - - - - - N-Nitrosophenylhydroxylamine Aluminum Salt - - - - - Phenidone 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 F-552 0.32 0.32 0.32 0.32 0.32 condition Heating temperature and heating time none 120°C for 20 minutes 120°C for 20 minutes 120°C for 20 minutes 145°C for 20 minutes Thickness of photosensitive composition layer (μm) 3 3 3 3 3 The thickness of the middle layer (μm) none none 1 1 1 evaluate shape evaluation 1 2 2 2 3 Elastic modulus X (Gpa) 4.5 5.2 5.2 5.6 5.9 Elastic modulus X/Elastic modulus Y 1.35 1.08 1.08 1.05 1.05

[表3]    實施例5 實施例6 實施例7 實施例8 實施例9 實施例10 樹脂 化合物1 61.70 - - - - - 化合物2 - - 50.50 - - 49.50 化合物3 - 58.70 - 51.50 51.50 - 化合物4 - - - - - - 聚合性 化合物 BPE-500 - 27.00 15.00 7.40 7.40 36.20 BPE-200 20.00 - - 10.00 10.00 - BPE-100 - - - - - - 聚合化合物1 - - 10.00 - - - M-270 - - - - - 5.00 A-TMPT 6.00 - 5.00 10.00 10.00 - SR-454 9.00 - 5.00 15.00 15.00 - SR-502 - 4.00 - - - - A-9300-CL1 - 7.80 9.77 - - - 熱交聯劑 SBB-70P - - - 0.50       TPA-B80E 0.50 0.50 0.50    0.50 0.50 聚合 起始劑 B-CIM 1.90 1.10 3.00 3.80 3.80 7.00 添加劑 SB-PI 701 0.30 0.10 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.50 無色結晶紫 0.40 0.66 0.60 - - 0.40 N-苯甘胺酸 - - - 1.00 1.00 0.20 亮綠 0.05 - 0.02 0.05 0.05 - CBT-1 0.03 0.03 - 0.05 0.05 0.10 混合物1 - - 0.10 0.05 0.05 - 啡噻口井 - - - - - 0.30 Irganox245 0.10 0.10 0.20 0.20 0.20 - N-亞硝基苯基羥基胺鋁鹽 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 - 菲尼酮 - - - 0.01 0.01 0.01 F-552 - - - 0.13 0.13 0.29 條件 加熱溫度及加熱時間 145℃20分鐘 145℃20分鐘 145℃20分鐘 120℃20分鐘 120℃20分鐘 145℃20分鐘 感光性組成物層的厚度(μm) 10 10 10 3 3 3 中間層的厚度(μm) 1 1 1 評價 形狀評價 2 2 2 2 2 2 彈性模數X(Gpa) 5.6 5.6 5.3 5.3 5.4 5.3 彈性模數X/彈性模數Y 1.10 1.06 1.09 1.08 1.07 1.08 [table 3] Example 5 Example 6 Example 7 Example 8 Example 9 Example 10 resin Compound 1 61.70 - - - - - Compound 2 - - 50.50 - - 49.50 Compound 3 - 58.70 - 51.50 51.50 - Compound 4 - - - - - - polymeric compound BPE-500 - 27.00 15.00 7.40 7.40 36.20 BPE-200 20.00 - - 10.00 10.00 - BPE-100 - - - - - - polymer compound 1 - - 10.00 - - - M-270 - - - - - 5.00 A-TMPT 6.00 - 5.00 10.00 10.00 - SR-454 9.00 - 5.00 15.00 15.00 - SR-502 - 4.00 - - - - A-9300-CL1 - 7.80 9.77 - - - thermal crosslinking agent SBB-70P - - - 0.50 TPA-B80E 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 polymerization initiator B-CIM 1.90 1.10 3.00 3.80 3.80 7.00 additive SB-PI 701 0.30 0.10 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.50 colorless crystal violet 0.40 0.66 0.60 - - 0.40 N-phenylglycine - - - 1.00 1.00 0.20 bright green 0.05 - 0.02 0.05 0.05 - CBT-1 0.03 0.03 - 0.05 0.05 0.10 Mixture 1 - - 0.10 0.05 0.05 - Well - - - - - 0.30 Irganox245 0.10 0.10 0.20 0.20 0.20 - N-Nitrosophenylhydroxylamine Aluminum Salt 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 - Phenidone - - - 0.01 0.01 0.01 F-552 - - - 0.13 0.13 0.29 condition Heating temperature and heating time 145°C for 20 minutes 145°C for 20 minutes 145°C for 20 minutes 120°C for 20 minutes 120°C for 20 minutes 145°C for 20 minutes Thickness of photosensitive composition layer (μm) 10 10 10 3 3 3 The thickness of the middle layer (μm) none none none 1 1 1 evaluate shape evaluation 2 2 2 2 2 2 Elastic modulus X (Gpa) 5.6 5.6 5.3 5.3 5.4 5.3 Elastic modulus X/Elastic modulus Y 1.10 1.06 1.09 1.08 1.07 1.08

如表所示,依本發明的方法,確認到可得到所期望的效果。As shown in the table, according to the method of the present invention, it was confirmed that the desired effect can be obtained.

10:轉印膜 11:偽支撐體 13:中間層 15:感光性組成物層 17:組成物層 19:保護膜 10: transfer film 11: Pseudo-support 13: middle layer 15: Photosensitive composition layer 17: Composition layer 19: Protective film

圖1係表示實施形態之轉印膜的層構成的一例之概略圖。FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram showing an example of the layer configuration of the transfer film according to the embodiment.

10:轉印膜 10: transfer film

11:偽支撐體 11: Pseudo-support

13:中間層 13: middle layer

15:感光性組成物層 15: Photosensitive composition layer

17:組成物層 17: Composition layer

19:保護膜 19: Protective film

Claims (19)

一種具有導體圖案之積層體之製造方法,其依序具有: 貼合步驟,以具有偽支撐體和負型的感光性組成物層之轉印膜的與偽支撐體側相反的一側的表面與表面具有金屬層之基板的前述金屬層接觸之方式,將前述轉印膜與前述基板進行貼合; 曝光步驟,對前述感光性組成物層進行圖案曝光; 顯影步驟,對經曝光之前述感光性組成物層實施顯影處理而形成光阻圖案; 加熱步驟,對前述光阻圖案進行加熱; 清洗步驟,用酸性溶液清洗經加熱之前述光阻圖案; 電鍍步驟,對位於未配置有前述光阻圖案之區域之前述金屬層進行電鍍處理; 剝離步驟,剝離前述光阻圖案;及 去除步驟,去除因前述剝離步驟而露出之前述金屬層並在前述基板上形成導體圖案, 在前述貼合步驟與前述曝光步驟之間或前述曝光步驟與前述顯影步驟之間進一步具有剝離前述偽支撐體之偽支撐體剝離步驟, 前述感光性組成物層包含熱交聯劑。 A method of manufacturing a laminate with a conductor pattern, which sequentially comprises: In the bonding step, the surface of the transfer film having the dummy support and the negative-type photosensitive composition layer on the side opposite to the dummy support is in contact with the aforementioned metal layer of the substrate having a metal layer on the surface. Laminating the aforementioned transfer film to the aforementioned substrate; Exposure step, performing pattern exposure on the aforementioned photosensitive composition layer; A development step, performing a development treatment on the exposed photosensitive composition layer to form a photoresist pattern; heating step, heating the aforementioned photoresist pattern; a cleaning step, cleaning the heated photoresist pattern with an acidic solution; An electroplating step, performing electroplating treatment on the aforementioned metal layer located in the area where the aforementioned photoresist pattern is not arranged; a stripping step, stripping the aforementioned photoresist pattern; and a removing step of removing the aforementioned metal layer exposed by the aforementioned stripping step and forming a conductor pattern on the aforementioned substrate, Between the aforementioned bonding step and the aforementioned exposing step or between the aforementioned exposing step and the aforementioned developing step, there is further a dummy support stripping step for peeling off the aforementioned dummy support, The aforementioned photosensitive composition layer contains a thermal crosslinking agent. 如請求項1所述之具有導體圖案之積層體之製造方法,其中 藉由前述加熱步驟加熱之光阻圖案的與基板側相反的一側的表面的彈性模數為5.0GPa以上。 The method of manufacturing a laminate having a conductor pattern according to Claim 1, wherein The modulus of elasticity of the surface of the photoresist pattern heated in the heating step opposite to the substrate side is 5.0 GPa or more. 如請求項1或請求項2所述之具有導體圖案之積層體之製造方法,其中 將藉由前述加熱步驟加熱之光阻圖案的與基板側相反的一側的表面的彈性模數設為彈性模數X, 將藉由前述加熱步驟加熱之光阻圖案的前述基板側附近的彈性模數設為彈性模數Y時, 滿足X/Y≤1.2。 The method of manufacturing a laminate having a conductor pattern according to claim 1 or claim 2, wherein Let the elastic modulus of the surface of the photoresist pattern heated by the aforementioned heating step on the side opposite to the substrate side be the elastic modulus X, When the elastic modulus near the substrate side of the photoresist pattern heated by the aforementioned heating step is defined as the elastic modulus Y, Satisfy X/Y≤1.2. 如請求項1或請求項2所述之具有導體圖案之積層體之製造方法,其中 前述感光性組成物層包含聚合性化合物及聚合起始劑。 The method of manufacturing a laminate having a conductor pattern according to claim 1 or claim 2, wherein The photosensitive composition layer includes a polymerizable compound and a polymerization initiator. 如請求項4所述之具有導體圖案之積層體之製造方法,其中 前述聚合性化合物具有環氧烷改質雙酚結構。 The method of manufacturing a laminate having a conductor pattern according to Claim 4, wherein The aforementioned polymerizable compound has an alkylene oxide-modified bisphenol structure. 如請求項1或請求項2所述之具有導體圖案之積層體之製造方法,其中 前述熱交聯劑包含封端異氰酸酯化合物。 The method of manufacturing a laminate having a conductor pattern according to claim 1 or claim 2, wherein The aforementioned thermal crosslinking agent contains a blocked isocyanate compound. 如請求項1或請求項2所述之具有導體圖案之積層體之製造方法,其中 前述偽支撐體的霧度為1.0%以下。 The method of manufacturing a laminate having a conductor pattern according to claim 1 or claim 2, wherein The haze of the pseudo-support is 1.0% or less. 如請求項1或請求項2所述之具有導體圖案之積層體之製造方法,其中 前述偽支撐體的厚度為50μm以下。 The method of manufacturing a laminate having a conductor pattern according to claim 1 or claim 2, wherein The thickness of the aforementioned dummy support is 50 μm or less. 如請求項1或請求項2所述之具有導體圖案之積層體之製造方法,其中 前述轉印膜在前述偽支撐體與前述感光性組成物層之間具有中間層。 The method of manufacturing a laminate having a conductor pattern according to claim 1 or claim 2, wherein The transfer film has an intermediate layer between the dummy support and the photosensitive composition layer. 如請求項9所述之具有導體圖案之積層體之製造方法,其中 前述中間層為水溶性樹脂層。 The method of manufacturing a laminate having a conductor pattern according to Claim 9, wherein The aforementioned intermediate layer is a water-soluble resin layer. 如請求項1或請求項2所述之具有導體圖案之積層體之製造方法,其中 前述曝光步驟為經由光罩進行圖案曝光之步驟。 The method of manufacturing a laminate having a conductor pattern according to claim 1 or claim 2, wherein The foregoing exposure step is a step of performing pattern exposure through a photomask. 如請求項1或請求項2所述之具有導體圖案之積層體之製造方法,其中 前述曝光步驟為使用投影了光罩的圖像之活性光線並經由透鏡對前述感光性組成物層進行圖案曝光之步驟。 The method of manufacturing a laminate having a conductor pattern according to claim 1 or claim 2, wherein The exposure step is a step of pattern-exposing the photosensitive composition layer through a lens using active light rays onto which the image of the mask is projected. 如請求項1或請求項2所述之具有導體圖案之積層體之製造方法,其中 在前述貼合步驟與前述曝光步驟之間具有前述偽支撐體剝離步驟, 前述曝光步驟為使剝離前述偽支撐體而露出之表面與光罩接觸而對前述感光性組成物層進行圖案曝光之步驟。 The method of manufacturing a laminate having a conductor pattern according to claim 1 or claim 2, wherein There is the aforementioned dummy support stripping step between the aforementioned laminating step and the aforementioned exposing step, The exposure step is a step of pattern-exposing the photosensitive composition layer by bringing the surface exposed by peeling off the dummy support into contact with a photomask. 一種轉印膜,其具有偽支撐體和負型的感光性組成物層,其中 前述感光性組成物層包含熱交聯劑, 前述偽支撐體的霧度為1.0%以下。 A transfer film, which has a pseudo-support and a negative photosensitive composition layer, wherein The aforementioned photosensitive composition layer contains a thermal crosslinking agent, The haze of the pseudo-support is 1.0% or less. 如請求項14所述之轉印膜,其中 前述偽支撐體的厚度為50μm以下。 The transfer film as described in Claim 14, wherein The thickness of the aforementioned dummy support is 50 μm or less. 如請求項14或請求項15所述之轉印膜,其中 前述感光性組成物層包含聚合性化合物及聚合起始劑。 The transfer film as described in Claim 14 or Claim 15, wherein The photosensitive composition layer includes a polymerizable compound and a polymerization initiator. 如請求項16所述之轉印膜,其中 前述聚合性化合物具有環氧烷改質雙酚結構。 The transfer film as described in claim 16, wherein The aforementioned polymerizable compound has an alkylene oxide-modified bisphenol structure. 如請求項14或請求項15所述之轉印膜,其在前述偽支撐體與前述感光性組成物層之間具有中間層。The transfer film according to claim 14 or claim 15, which has an intermediate layer between the dummy support and the photosensitive composition layer. 如請求項18所述之轉印膜,其中 前述中間層為水溶性樹脂層。 The transfer film as described in Claim 18, wherein The aforementioned intermediate layer is a water-soluble resin layer.
TW111132587A 2021-08-31 2022-08-30 Method for producing laminate having conductor pattern, transfer film TW202311872A (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2021-141013 2021-08-31
JP2021141013A JP2023034674A (en) 2021-08-31 2021-08-31 Method for manufacturing laminate having conductor pattern, transfer film

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW202311872A true TW202311872A (en) 2023-03-16

Family

ID=85292957

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW111132587A TW202311872A (en) 2021-08-31 2022-08-30 Method for producing laminate having conductor pattern, transfer film

Country Status (4)

Country Link
JP (1) JP2023034674A (en)
KR (1) KR20230032974A (en)
CN (1) CN115729045A (en)
TW (1) TW202311872A (en)

Family Cites Families (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP6207654B2 (en) 2016-04-07 2017-10-04 旭化成株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN115729045A (en) 2023-03-03
JP2023034674A (en) 2023-03-13
KR20230032974A (en) 2023-03-07

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2021199542A1 (en) Light-sensitive transfer material, method for manufacturing resin pattern, and method for manufacturing circuit wiring
TW202236009A (en) Method for producing laminate, method for producing circuit wiring board, transfer film
WO2022181611A1 (en) Production method for laminate having conductor pattern
TW202311872A (en) Method for producing laminate having conductor pattern, transfer film
WO2023145156A1 (en) Transfer film and method for forming conductor pattern
WO2022181485A1 (en) Method for manufacturing laminate and method for manufacturing circuit wiring
WO2022181455A1 (en) Transfer film, and method for manufacturing conductor pattern
WO2022181456A1 (en) Transfer film and method for manufacturing conductor pattern
TW202311049A (en) Transfer film, method for producing laminate having conductor pattern
WO2024004430A1 (en) Transfer film, pattern forming method, and circuit wiring manufacturing method
WO2022181539A1 (en) Method for manufacturing laminate having conductor pattern
WO2023100553A1 (en) Transfer film, laminate having conductor pattern, method for producing laminate having conductor pattern, and method for producing transfer film
TW202311871A (en) Method for producing laminate having a conductive pattern, transfer film
WO2022138493A1 (en) Method for manufacturing laminate, method for manufacturing circuit wiring, and transfer film
WO2022163301A1 (en) Photosensitive transfer material, resin pattern manufacturing method, circuit wiring manufacturing method, and touch panel manufacturing method
WO2022138468A1 (en) Transfer material and method for producing laminated body
WO2022054374A1 (en) Photosensitive transfer material, production method for resin pattern, production method for circuit wiring, and production method for electronic device
TW202307026A (en) Transfer film, method for manufacturing laminate having a conductive pattern
JP2023035807A (en) Method for producing laminate having conductive pattern and transfer film
TW202309662A (en) Photosensitive composition, photosensitive composition layer, transfer film, method for producing laminate having a conductive pattern
TW202309205A (en) Transfer film, method for manufacturing laminate having conductor pattern, photosensitive composition
JP2023043527A (en) Photosensitive composition, transfer film, and manufacturing method of laminate having conductor pattern
JP2024018375A (en) Method for manufacturing a laminate including a conductive pattern, method for manufacturing a touch panel
JP2023020993A (en) Method for manufacturing laminate including transparent conductive pattern, and, method for manufacturing touch panel
JP2022184719A (en) Transfer film, laminate, patterning method, and method for producing circuit wiring